HomeMy WebLinkAboutAlice H. Cook House - Flora Rose House Specifications
WEST CAMPUS DINING
EXHAUST SYSTEM
REMEDIATION
ALICE COOK &
FLORA ROSE HOUSES
Project Manual & Specifications
February 15, 2019
Owner
Cornell University
Ithaca, NY 14853
Architect
Tetra Tech Architects & Engineers
10 Brown Road
Ithaca, NY 14850
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SYSTEMREMEDIATION TABLE OF CONTENTS
ALICE COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES Page 1
Instructions to Bidders
Bid Form
General Conditions and Exhibits
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 Summary of the Work
Section 01 14 00 Work Restrictions
Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options
Section 01 31 19 Project Meetings
Section 01 31 50 Electronic Project Management
Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules
Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation
Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures
Section 01 35 29 General Health & Safety
Section 01 35 43 General Environmental Requirements
Section 01 35 44 Spill Control
Section 01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements
Section 01 42 00 References
Section 01 45 00 Quality Control
Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
Section 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities
Section 01 51 23 Heat During Construction
Section 01 66 00 Storage and Protection
Section 01 73 29 Cutting, Patching and Repairing
Section 01 77 00 Project Close Out
Section 01 78 22 Fixed Equipment Inventory
Section 01 78 23 Operating and Maintenance Data
Section 01 78 36 Warranties and Bonds
Section 01 78 39 Record Documents
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 05 – METALS Section 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications
DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07 81 00 Applied Fireproofing
Section 07 84 13 Penetration Firestopping
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SYSTEMREMEDIATION TABLE OF CONTENTS
ALICE COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES Page 2
DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS Section 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
Section 08 31 13 Access Doors and Frames
Section 08 34 83 Floor Doors
Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware
DIVISION 09 – FINISHES Section 09 22 16 Non-Structural Metal Framing
Section 09 26 13 Gypsum Veneer Plastering
Section 09 91 00 Painting
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING
Section 22 13 19 Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties
DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
Section 23 01 30 Mechanical Cleaning and Restoration
Section 23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC
Section 23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Components
Section 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Components
Section 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation
Section 23 21 13 Hydronic Piping
Section 23 31 00 Air Ducts
Section 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories
DRAWINGS SA Symbols & Abbreviations
M100 Alice Cook House Key Plans
M101 Alice Cook House Enlarged Plans and Details
M400 Flora Rose House Key Plans
M401 Flora Rose House Enlarged Plans and Details
END OF DOCUMENT
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Project: West Campus Dining Exhaust System Remediation
– Alice Cook & Flora Rose Houses
Owner: Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Architect: Tetra Tech Architects & Engineers
10 Brown Road
Ithaca, New York 14850
1. PROPOSAL FORMS
a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined spaces in
the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in writing and in figures.
Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents on behalf of
their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate included in the Bid Form shall be completed
accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation,
alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer.
2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL
a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral, telegraphic
or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered.
3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION
a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be addressed
to:
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Proposal for: West Campus Dining Exhaust System Remediation
– Alice Cook & Flora Rose Houses
Submitted by:
(Bidder)
b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later than
2:00PM on April 2, 2019.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-2
4. BID OPENING
a. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner in Room 102C, Humphreys Service
Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour and date listed in 3b. The Owner
reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and
time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto.
5. BIDDING DOCUMENTS
a. The Bidding Documents will consist of the following:
(1) Instructions to Bidders.
(2) Bid Form.
(3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements".
(4) Drawings and Specifications.
(5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals.
6. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED
a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts website
(http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm ). For assistance, call 607-255-5343.
b. Printed sets of bid documents will be available at $40.00 per set without refund. No partial
sets will be issued. Electronic access to the bid documents including addendums may be obtained for a
non-refundable fee of $49.00 at the requestor’s option. All Contract Documents remain the property of the
Owner.
c. At the request of the successful bidder, Cornell will provide up to five (5) printed sets of
drawings and specifications.
7. START OF WORK
a. Work at the site shall be started within five (5) calendar days from the date of issuance of
written authorization to proceed and shall be achieve substantial completion of the project no later than
August 3, 2019.
b. The construction schedule is critical. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and
equipment in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur.
8. BONDS
a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with
"Performance" and “Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract
Price. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. Each of these Bonds are to be in
a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-3
b. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of 10% of
the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded
to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the
Insurer shall be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 8a above.
9. AWARD OF CONTRACT
a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the
entire project. All labor, services, materials, supplies, etc. shall be provided in accordance with the
Contract.
b. Award of the Contract shall be made to the bidder submitting the lowest responsive and
responsible bid who, in the opinion of the Owner, is qualified to perform the work. The competence and
responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award.
c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities
in Bidding. Contract award shall be subject to approval of Cornell University’s Contractors Qualification
Statement.
d. All Proposals shall be irrevocable until contract award, unless the bid is withdrawn.
e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within sixty
(60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to
by the Owner and Contractor.
10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize himself
with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the proposed
Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the facilities,
physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract.
b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings,
Specifications and associated Bid Documents.
c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder covenants and affirms that he has carefully examined
the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any, and the Site,
that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has satisfied himself
as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any
way affect the work or its performance, and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he fully
understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make any claim for, and waives any right to
damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Bid Documents and the conditions of
bidding.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-4
11. DISCREPANCIES
a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications and
associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect,
who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible
for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing, addressed to the Architect.
Inquiries received by the deadline established at the pre-bid conference will be given consideration.
12. PRE-BID CONFERENCE
a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 9:00AM, March 14, 2019, in Room 133 of
the Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the Contract
Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum.
13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS
a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced
to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder to himself
unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the
Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually.
b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he
proposes to perform directly with his own forces.
c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials
suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of
the Proposal.
d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for
which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and
approval of principal subcontractors.
14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS
a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all
Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided.
b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection
therewith.
15. UNIT PRICES
a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders
are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception, in the spaces provided.
b. Unit Prices shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-5
16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
a. An abbreviated "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work is
required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form.
b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts
allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work,
aggregating the total sum of the Contract. The complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to
award of Contract.
17. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS
a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be acknowledged in the
space provided in the Bid Form.
18. SUBSTITUTIONS
a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents.
b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of work,
or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General
Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the proposed substitutions and the amounts
to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to each such proposed substitution in the spaces provided
in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items
specified by name or other particular reference.
19. SUB-SURFACE CONDITIONS
a. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub-surface conditions and similar
information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the
Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character
and extent of the soil data or other sub-surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no
guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended.
b. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location of
the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality and
quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to
and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in
any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option, conduct tests at his expense,
including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall make his own deductions of sub-
surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of the work hereunder and he agrees
that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for damages or other compensation, except
such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he encounter conditions during the progress of
the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated by him.
20. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION
a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from
payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-6
21. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX
a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from
payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes.
22. TAX EXEMPT STATUS
a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect
to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax-exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that
they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations.
23. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES
a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase
certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles or
transactions as may be applicable under the Contract.
24. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS
a. Provide with Bid Proposal:
(1) Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid opening
(2) Certificate as to Corporate Bidder
(3) List of Proposed Subcontractors
(4) Abbreviated Schedule of Values
(5) Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices
(6) Completion of Milestone Schedule, if applicable
(7) Bid Security
b. Within fourteen days after bid opening:
(1) MWBE Utilization Plan
(2) Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan
(3) Contractor’s Qualification Statement, if requested
c. Execution of Contract:
(1) Insurance Certificate
(2) Performance Bond
(3) Labor and Material Payment Bond
(4) Schedule of Work (bar chart)
(5) Federal Tax Identification Number
END OF SECTION
BID FORM BF-1
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SYSTEM REMEDIATION
ALICE COOK AND FLORA ROSE HOUSES
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York
BID FORM
Submitted by: Date
To: Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Gentlemen:
The undersigned,
(Name of Bidder)
a
(Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable)
of
(Address)
having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division
1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated
February 15, 2019 prepared by Tetra Tech Architects & Engineers, PC, 10 Brown Road, Ithaca, New York
14850, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material,
equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance
necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents for the
following considerations:
1. BASE BID
a. All work complete, for the sum of
($ )
for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and
SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS.
BID FORM BF-2
2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL
a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in
place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance
with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the
Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications.
b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will
result in neither an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No
Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates.
c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or the Owner and
Contractor may agree to all of the following Alternate Proposals within sixty (60) calendar days following
the award of a construction contract or such other time as.
Alternate No. Description
ADD DEDUCT
NONE $ $
3. MINORITY AND WOMEN’S BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (M/WBEs)
a. The undersigned shall, if awarded the Contract, endeavor to include both Minority and
Women Owned Business Enterprises participation and to demonstrate a “good faith effort” with respect to
these requirements. Goals shall be as follows:
• A goal of 4.7% for Minority-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as
follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials,
supplies, and equipment from MBEs.
• A goal of 10.2% for Women-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as
follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials,
supplies, and equipment from WBEs.
BID FORM BF-3
4. START OF WORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within five
(5) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to achieve substantial completion
of the project no later than August 3, 2019.
b. The construction schedule is critical. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and
equipment in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur.
5. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the
following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions:
(1) The Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal
Subcontractors" prior to the award of the Contract, and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom
they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal
subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract.
b. Bidder shall list the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision of
the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3) names.
c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of
the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision.
DEMOLITION
CARPENTRY
FINISHES
ELECTRICAL
BID FORM BF-4
MECHANICAL
________________
_______________
_________________
_________________
BID FORM BF-5
6. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED
BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES
a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the Work with forces
directly employed by the undersigned:
b. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor’s main Project Manager will be:
(include resume with bid)
The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection.
c. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor’s main Superintendent will be:
(include resume with bid)
The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection.
7. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Construction Progress
Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work,
together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. Such schedule
shall be in conformance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 15, 1.3, A.
8. BONDS
a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to
execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form as
acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be furnished
by
(Name of Surety)
b. Bonding Rate for Change Orders. %
c. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $______________________ (10% of Bid
Amount) is attached to this Bid.
BID FORM BF-6
9. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request
of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including
Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work,
aggregating the total Contract Sum.
b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid
the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work
included under Alternate Proposals and to General Contractor's costs for General Conditions shall be
excluded.
Spec
Section Trades and/or Subdivision Value Included in Base Bid
Division 1 General Requirements
Division 5 Metals
Division 6 Wood, Plastics and Composites
Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection
Division 8 Openings
Division 9 Finishes
Division 22 Plumbing
Division 23 HVAC
Division 26 Electrical
Total Bid $
BID FORM BF-7
10. SUBSTITUTIONS
a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without
substitutions.
b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the
exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in
the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if
the substitution is accepted.
c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution.
d. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required
by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner
in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications.
Item and Specification
Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid
Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material
BID FORM BF-8
11. ACCEPTANCE
a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall be irrevocable until contract award, unless
the bid is withdrawn. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all
proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding process.
b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the
undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter before
this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of such mailing,
telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended
and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted.
c. The undersigned further agrees to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds pursuant to
Section 7 herein upon execution of Agreement in e-Builder.
d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate
Proposals listed within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other
time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor.
e. It is understood and agreed that award of the Contract shall be made to the bidder
submitting the lowest responsive and responsible bid who, in the opinion of the Owner, is qualified to
perform the work.
BID FORM BF-9
12. ADDENDUM RECEIPT
a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications
is acknowledged:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
(Bidder)
By:
Title:
Business Address:
Dated:
BID FORM BF-10
CERTIFICATE OF NON-COLLUSION
By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the
case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to
the best of his knowledge and belief:
a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation,
communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such
prices with any other bidder or with any competitor.
b. Unless required by law, the prices that have been quoted in this bid have not been
knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening,
directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor.
c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons,
partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition.
(Bidder)
By:
Title:
Dated:
BID FORM BF-11
CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER
I, _____________________________________________________, certify that I am the
_____________________________ of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for General
Contractors; that __________________________________, who signed said Bid Form on behalf of the
bidder was then _______________________________ of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that
his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly signed, sealed
and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body.
(Secretary-Clerk)
(CORPORATE SEAL)
Dated:
BID FORM BF-12
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
West Campus Dining Exhaust System Remediation
OWNER'S
EARLIEST
START
CONTRACTOR'S
SCHEDULED
START
OWNER'S
LATEST
FINISH
CONTRACTOR'S
SCHEDULED
FINISH
Contract Award April 22, 2019 ----- ----- -----
State Approval Process NA ----- NA -----
Start Construction June 10, 2019 ----- -----
Flora Rose June 10, 2019 August 3, 2019
Alice Cook June 10, 2019 August 3, 2019
Construction Complete ----- ----- August 3, 2019
Notes:
1. The Contractor shall complete this schedule and submit with the bid.
2. Construction complete date shall include inspection and testing and final cleaning.
Rev 03.2018
G E N E R A L C O N D I T I O N S
FOR
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SYSTEM REMEDIATION
ALICE COOK AND FLORA ROSE HOUSES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
ITHACA, NEW YORK
i Rev 03.2018
GENERAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Section 1.01 Owner 1
Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans
and Drawings 1
Section 1.03 Order of Precedence 1
ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2
Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2
Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2
Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and Labeling 3
Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3
Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4
Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4
Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions 4
Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5
Section 2.10 Meetings 5
Section 2.11 Related Work 5
Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5
Section 2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5
Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6
Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6
ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Section 3.01 Access to the Work 6
Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6
Section 3.03 Inspection of Work 7
Section 3.04 Inspection and Testing 7
Section 3.05 Defective or Damaged Work 7
Section 3.06 Acceptance 7
ARTICLE 4 CHANGES IN WORK
Section 4.01 Changes 8
Section 4.02 Claims for Extra Work 11
Section 4.03 Form of Change Orders 12
ARTICLE 5 TIME OF COMPLETION
Section 5.01 Time of Completion 12
ii Rev 03.2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION
Section 6.01 Termination for Cause 13
Section 6.02 Termination for Convenience of Owner 13
Section 6.03 Owner's Right to do Work 13
ARTICLE 7 DISPUTES
Section 7.01 Disputes Procedure 14
ARTICLE 8 SUBCONTRACTS
Section 8.01 Subcontracting 15
ARTICLE 9 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
Section 9.01 Cooperation with Other Contractors 15
ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY
Section 10.01 Accidents and Accident Prevention 16
Section 10.02 Adjoining Property 17
Section 10.03 Emergencies 17
Section 10.04 Bonds 17
Section 10.05 Risks Assumed by the Contractor 18
Section 10.06 Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance 18
Section 10.07 Liability Insurance of the Owner 20
Section 10.08 Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards 20
Section 10.09 Effect of Procurement of Insurance 21
Section 10.10 No Third Party Rights 21
ARTICLE 11 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER
Section 11.01 Substantial Completion 21
Section 11.02 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 21
ARTICLE 12 PAYMENT
Section 12.01 Provision of Payment 22
Section 12.02 Stored Materials & Equipment 23
Section 12.03 Retention 24
Section 12.04 Withholding Payments 24
Section 12.05 Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment 25
Section 12.06 Final Payment and Release 26
iii Rev 03.2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 13 TAX EXEMPTION
Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 26
ARTICLE 14 GUARANTEE
Section 14.01 Guarantee 27
ARTICLE 15 STANDARD PROVISIONS
Section 15.01 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted 27
Section 15.02 Laws Governing the Contract 27
Section 15.03 Assignments 27
Section 15.04 No Third Party Rights 28
Section 15.05 Waiver of Rights of Owner 28
Section 15.06 Limitation on Actions 28
Section 15.07 Owner's Representative 28
ARTICLE 16 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
Section 16.01 Definitions 28
Section 16.02 Participation by Minority and Women
Business Enterprises 28
Section 16.03 MWBE Utilization Plan 29
Section 16.04 Reports and Records 29
ARTICLE 17 ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT 30
ARTICLE 18 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 30
ARTICLE 19 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 30
ARTICLE 20 CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME
Section 20.01 Release of Information 31
Section 20.02 Confidential Information 31
Section 20.03 Use of Owner's Name 31
ARTICLE 21 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF
ETHICAL CONDUCT 32
iv Rev 03.2018
EXHIBITS
A Change Order Documentation Instructions
Construction Contract Change Order Request
Construction Contract Change Order Summary
B Final Release
C Guarantee
D Form I MWBE Utilization Plan
Form II Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan
Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report
E Labor Rate Breakdown
F Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation
G Contractor Performance Evaluation
1 Rev 03.2018
ARTICLE 1 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Section 1.01 - Owner
A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to
throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University".
B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches,
test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work, whether
furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The Contractor
shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of this Contract.
When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University.
C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract
relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality,
acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to
said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly
provided.
D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between the
Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined
by the Owner.
E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal
notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various
provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to
which they refer.
Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings
The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a
manner approved by the Owner.
Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence
A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract
Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the
better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs in
writing.
B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not
mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the plans,
shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both.
C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the
extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with
provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern.
2 Rev 03.2018
ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations
A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required
by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all
terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the satisfaction of
the Owner.
1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the
local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins-Cortland Building
Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed
by Union labor.
B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant
and such temporary Work as may be required.
C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment,
machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services
necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or
regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or
distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the Contractor
shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to
the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case progress of the Work is
affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under
the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or regulations, the Owner or the
Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no
additional cost to the Owner.
Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials
A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all
materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or
encumbrances.
B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner
shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise.
Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause
A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the
plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name,
catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal"
considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements,
Section 01 25 00.
3 Rev 03.2018
B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said
proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this Contract,
or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and
details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Architect.
All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary
engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the
Contractor via the Change Order procedure.
Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling
A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity
specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into
the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose.
When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall
supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material
which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or
used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection.
B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require
that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials
meet said standards.
C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test
materials as provided in the Contract.
D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other
particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit
in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract
is executed.
Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor
A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time effective, responsive and competent
construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full
time to the Work and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor
shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing.
B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor
shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent
satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's
approval.
C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or of
any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner.
4 Rev 03.2018
Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions
A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract
consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions
as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract
Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner made
available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the
Owner's receipt of bids.
B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the
site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract
Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information
made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of the
site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are
disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The Owner
will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially
differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall
make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall
be issued.
Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor
The Contractor represents and warrants:
A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to
perform the Work;
B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances,
orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work;
C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely
and satisfactorily constructed.
D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the Work
and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the
Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be
encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the
Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work.
The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents
and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work and the
difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work.
Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions
A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all
dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions or
conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer said
conflict to the Owner.
5 Rev 03.2018
B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements
prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to
meet field conditions.
C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location
of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location or
spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner.
D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of
Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and
other affected Contractors and Subcontractors.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place.
F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in
additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs.
Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors
A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to ten (10) sets of
Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias.
B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the
Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing.
C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the
property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the signed
Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work.
Section 2.10 - Meetings
The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by
the Owner or the Owner's Representative.
Section 2.11 - Related Work
The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of
said work to the Work under the Contract.
Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout
Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the
Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the
Work.
Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies
The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and
report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative.
6 Rev 03.2018
Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days
after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the
duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be
provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during
this project.
Section 2.15 – Daily Reports
The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell
University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a
minimum, contain the following information:
Name of Project
Project Number
Date of Report
Weather Conditions
Equipment on the site
Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor
Work/area and activity for each contractor
Overtime worked and planned work progress
Environmental problems and corrections
Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents or
injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and
check out, occupancy, etc.
ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Section 3.01 - Access to the Work
The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors
shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the
Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the
Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly authorized
representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be
required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in completion of the work.
Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing
If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the
Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Owner
may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such
inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided.
7 Rev 03.2018
Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work
A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and
examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner
that the work will not be delayed.
B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of
manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the
inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the
Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good,
replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed or
damaged by said removal or replacement.
C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be
secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner.
Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing
All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing in
accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for
uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be covered or
concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required by the Owner,
be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may
order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional professional services
required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall
be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may be ordered by the Owner,
and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If said Work is found to be in
accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If
said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of
reexamination and replacement.
Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work
If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged
materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in
accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an
amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable.
Section 3.06 - Acceptance
No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor
shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The
Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other Work resulting
therefrom.
8 Rev 03.2018
ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK
Section 4.01 - Changes
A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the
general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders.
B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner, issued
after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an adjustment in
the Contract price or time of performance.
C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or
an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by
the Owner.
D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to
be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods:
1. By agreement with the Contractor.
2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved.
(i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the
Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance
with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any
portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than
25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as
applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
(ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be
algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit
Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and
deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and
then multiplied by the applicable markup.
(iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit
and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit,
all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as
layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and
inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field
and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes,
temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "as-
built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit.
9 Rev 03.2018
3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of:
(i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance
required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent
directly employed at the Site.
(ii) Materials
(iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the
Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly
on the Work. When submitting change orders, equipment which is
common to the project scope at hand is expected to be previously paid
for as overhead / general conditions to the project. Special rental
equipment or tools not common to the project that are required to
perform the change order will be accepted as additional costs.
4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in
Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu
of estimated costs.
E. Mark-up Percentages
1. Work performed by the Contractor: Where the Work is performed directly
by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal
to fifteen percent (15%) thereof.
2. Work performed by a Subcontractor: Where the change order work is
performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding
a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said
Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional
sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs.
3. Work performed by a Sub-Subcontractor: Where work is performed by a
Sub-Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said
costs for the benefit of said Sub-Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of
the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost
and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to
five percent (5%) of said cost. The maximum aggregate of all mark-up
percentages may not exceed twenty five percent (25%).
4. No Markup on Bonds and Insurance Costs: Change Order cost adjustments
due to increases or decreases in bond or insurance costs (if applicable) shall
not be subject to any Markup Percentage.
5. Overtime Pay: No mark-up shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime
pay.
10 Rev 03.2018
6. Direct and Indirect Costs Covered by Markup Percentages: As a further
clarification, the agreed upon Markup Percentage is intended to cover the
Contractor's profit and all indirect costs and expenses associated with the
change order work. Items intended to be covered by the Markup Percentage
include, without limit: home office expenses, branch office and field office
overhead expense of any kind; project management; superintendents,
general foremen; estimating, engineering; coordinating; expediting;
purchasing; detailing; legal, accounting, data processing or other
administrative expenses; reproduction of drawings and specifications; shop
drawings and sample coordination; “as-built” drawings; permits; auto
insurance and umbrella insurance; pick-up truck costs; parking permits;
cellular phones; testing and inspection; temporary facilities; access and
safety provisions; and warranty expense costs. The cost for the use of small
tools and/or tools already in use on site are also to be considered covered by
the Markup Percentage. Small tools shall be defined as tools and equipment
(power or non-power) with an individual purchase cost of less than $750
7. Deduct Change Orders and Net Deduct Changes: The application of the
markup percentage will apply to both additive and deductive change orders.
In the case of a deductive change order, the credit will be computed by
applying the percentage so that a deductive change order would be computed
in the same manner as an additive change order. In those instances where a
change involves both additive and deductive work, the additions and
deductions will be netted and the markup percentage adjustments will be
applied to the net amount
F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change
order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of value shall
submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors
details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit
A. Each submission shall include an electronic .pdf format of all documentation.
G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation
specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any
damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work
to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights
to any other compensation for said damage or expense.
H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all
items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records
relating thereto.
11 Rev 03.2018
Section 4.02 – Claims for Extra Work
If the Contractor claims (i) that any work it has been ordered to do is extra work or (ii) that
it has performed or is going to perform extra work or (iii) that any action or omission of the Owner
or the Architect is contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall:
A. Promptly comply with such order;
B. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, Article 4 of these General
Condition and any other provisions of the Contract documents to the contrary, file with the Owner,
within fourteen (14) calendar days after being ordered to perform the work claimed by it to be extra
work or within fourteen (14) calendar days after commencing performance of the extra work,
whichever date shall be the earlier, or within fourteen (14) calendar days after the said action or
omission on the part of the Owner or the Architect occurred, a written notice of the basis of its
claim and request a determination thereof;
C. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement and any other provisions of the
Contract documents to the contrary, file with the Owner, within thirty (30) calendar days after said
alleged extra work was required to be performed or said alleged extra work was commenced,
whichever date shall be the earlier, or said alleged action or omission by the Owner or the Architect
occurred, a verified detailed statement, with documentary evidence, of the items and basis of its
claim;
D. Produce for the Owner’s examination, upon notice from the Owner, all its books
of account, bills, invoices, payrolls, subcontracts, time books, progress records, daily reports, bank
deposit books, bank statements, checkbooks and cancelled checks, showing all of its actions and
transactions in connection with or relating to or arising by reason of its claim, and submit persons
in its employment and in its subcontractors' employment for examination under oath by any person
designated by the Owner to investigate any claims made against the Owner under the Contract,
such examination to be made at the offices of the Contractor; and
E. Proceed diligently, pending and subsequent to the determination of the Owner with
respect to any such disputed matter, with the performance of the Contract and in accordance with
all instructions of the Owner and the Architect.
F. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Section 4.02 shall be
deemed to be: (i) a conclusive and binding determination on its part that said order, work, action or
omission does not involve extra work and is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the
Contract; and (ii) a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation or damages
as a result of said order, work, action or omission. The provisions of Section 4.02 is to promptly
afford the Owner opportunity to cancel or revise any order, change its plans, mitigate or remedy
the effects or circumstances giving rise to a claim or take such other action as may seem desirable
and to verify any claimed expenses or circumstances as they occur. Compliance with such
provisions is essential whether or not the Owner is aware of the circumstances of any order or other
circumstances which might constitute a basis for a claim and whether or not the Owner has
indicated it will consider a claim in connection therewith.
G. No person has power to waive or modify any of the foregoing provisions and, in
any action against the Owner to recover any sum in excess of the sum certified by the Owner to be
due under or by reason of the Contract, the Contractor must allege in its complaint and prove
compliance with the provisions of this Section.
12 Rev 03.2018
Section 4.03 - Form of Change Orders
All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved via the Owner's E-Builder
Change Order Process. No payment for change order Work shall be due the Contractor unless a
change order has been issued and approved as noted above.
ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION
Section 5.01 - Time of Completion
A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner
and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract. All required
overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid.
B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in the
Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract.
C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full
completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the
completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average
climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site.
D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in
which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion
established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect’s or Owner's judgment, it
becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of
the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas.
E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved
schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas.
F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the Owner
determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension
are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost
for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to:
1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government
of the United States or the State of New York;
2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence
of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but not limited
to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics,
quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually severe
weather.
13 Rev 03.2018
G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be
extended for:
1. all of the Work, or
2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order.
H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more
than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived.
ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION
Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause
In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any
Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon
the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice shall
briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements
satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the Contract shall
terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of termination, the Owner
may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and
Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the
event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may utilize such materials,
appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in
completing the Work.
Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner
The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said
termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying the
extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which
said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall
act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the
Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination,
but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration
of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may take over the Work and prosecute
same to completion.
Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work
The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed by
others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies due or
to become due the Contractor.
14 Rev 03.2018
ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES
Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure
A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to
perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any
action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall:
1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's
claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed
within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the
disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing
performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or within fifteen
(15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the
Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract.
2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with
the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the
Owner.
3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed
matter.
4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a
dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days
after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written statement
which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to
a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the Owner, the
Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The
Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such
determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a notice with the
Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply
with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed.
B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed
unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner.
C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the methods
described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions.
D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be deemed
to be:
1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that
the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and
provisions of the Contract;
2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time
extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission.
15 Rev 03.2018
ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS
Section 8.01 - Subcontracting
A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors.
B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed
Subcontractor and Sub-Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award
any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor without the prior written approval of the
Owner.
C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of
Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors.
D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts
relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract insofar
as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same
power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor.
E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's
obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control and
coordinate the Work of Subcontractors.
F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between
Subcontractors and the Owner.
ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors
A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the
Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate
contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces or
separate Contractors.
B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations
or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear
the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of
other contractors.
C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other
contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship
on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with the
Contractor's operations.
D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of
progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of
said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work.
16 Rev 03.2018
E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site
is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall investigate the
charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other
contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be liable for any
damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply
with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another contractor's default in
performance.
F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work
with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed:
1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the
Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and
2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any and
all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the
Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason of the
Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions.
G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other
contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor
of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage.
H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage
through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse
said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from
all said claims.
ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY
Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention
A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of
persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all
applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for
the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods, and
for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or
operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods.
B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational
disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of or
in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner
in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death, or significant near miss incidents
that had the potential to result in serious injury or death. The Contractor shall upload all completed
Contractor and Subcontractor incident investigation forms and reports within five (5) working days
of the incident. The report shall include the extent of damage or injury, the persons involved and
their employers, the number of days persons are hospitalized, and any other pertinent information
required by Cornell University. Such reporting shall be submitted on the e-Builder Accident Form.
17 Rev 03.2018
C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets
(OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring
any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective
equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for
review and approval, prior to their use on site.
1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label
shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the Contractor's
name.
2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the
hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in
accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's
recommendations shall be used at all times.
3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and Cornell
University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of
waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University.
4. A Contractor’s Waste Material Disposal Plan form is required (with or without
waste) to be submitted with submission of the first payment. The form can be found
at:
https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/env/solid-waste/construction-demolition-waste/Pages/default.aspx
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision
of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss
in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the Contractor's
Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury
is caused directly by the Owner.
F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all
materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage
thereto until Final Acceptance.
Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property
A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair
or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or
subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract.
Section 10.03 - Emergencies
A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the
Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent
manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify
the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken.
18 Rev 03.2018
Section 10.04 - Bonds
A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply
the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default.
Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor
A. Indemnification. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the
Owner and its trustees, officers, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses,
fines, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the
performance of the work including, but not limited to, bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease,
death, or injury or damage to tangible property, to the extent they arise out of or result from:
1. any negligent act or omission, or intentional or willful misconduct,
violation of law, or breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its
subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable, or
2. any injury to an employee of the Contractor, its subcontractors, anyone
directly or indirectly employed by them. The indemnification obligation under this
section shall not be limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or
benefits payable by or for the Contractor under workers’ compensation, disability
benefit or other employee benefit laws.
B. In the event that Contractor is requested but refuses to honor its indemnification
obligations hereunder, then the Contractor shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, of bringing an action to enforce such indemnification
obligations.
C. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor
the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The
enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular
claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the
provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for risk or
claims of the type enumerated.
Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance
A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until final
acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance:
1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the
requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be
applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of not
less than $1,000,000.
19 Rev 03.2018
2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard
comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed
operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage’s
issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations
under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract
and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The
Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Insurance,
and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include
cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary
coverage. The completed operations coverage’s shall be maintained for not less
than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall
be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage as
follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater:
BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY
DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM)
$ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence
$ 5,000,000 Aggregate
3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection
with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non-owned and
hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being
used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license
plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single
limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of:
BODILY INJURY AND
PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY
$ 1,000,000 Each Person
$ 1,000,000 Each Accident
B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability,
including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits
as required under this section.
C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on
behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The
Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as they
apply to subcontractors.
20 Rev 03.2018
D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the
insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor’s certificates.
Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage’s and
shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall
not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued
in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, unless the
Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the
Contractor's insurance coverage’s, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate of insurance
showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities
Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified copy of each policy including
any and all exclusions to such policy.
E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled,
terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall
so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said
work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its
option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's
expense.
Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner
A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability
insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for
damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from
operations under this Contract.
Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage
Insurance Hazards
A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for Architect’s services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover “all risk” of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage’s including all endorsements and exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms.
21 Rev 03.2018
B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected with
the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or
nature.
D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and
subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or property
of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under the Contract
incidental to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited
to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents,
regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and
remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or
damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors
and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and
remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally waive
any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction
of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever kind or nature.
Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance
A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the
Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or
release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the
Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks.
Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights
A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of
action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist
irrespective of the Contract.
ARTICLE 11 -- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER
Section 11.01 – Substantial Completion
A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent
that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion
thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy
required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other
certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State governments or other
authority having jurisdiction.
Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance
A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work,
or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment
and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere
with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner.
22 Rev 03.2018
B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems,
materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any
guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under the
Contract.
C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which
shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner.
ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT
Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment
A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance
of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means
all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents.
B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been
completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications
have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made
thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the
satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract.
C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses
in accord with the following procedure:
1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the
total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as
specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This schedule,
as shown in the E-Builder Schedule of Values Process, when approved by the
Owner shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for payments,
the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule.
2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a
meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and
materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted
by the Contractor in the requisition for payment.
(b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the
Contractor shall submit via the E-Builder Payment Application Process, a
statement and all applicable documentation setting forth in detail the cost
of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including
the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment
of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate
of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price.
23 Rev 03.2018
(c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by an affidavit,
executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and
correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or
delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress
payment, have been paid. The Contractor shall attach a single .pdf file of
certified payrolls for all employees on the project as indicated in the E-
Builder Payment Application Process. Before final payment is made, the
Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other
indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid,
including final waivers of any liens.
3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and
approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application
for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection
therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar
days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the
payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor.
4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by
the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment, that
the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge,
information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract
Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified.
The Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement
within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate in E-Builder.
Approval of the Payment Application by the Architect shall not be deemed
to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site
inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has
reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings
or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what
purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the
Contract Sum.
Section 12.02 – Stored Materials & Equipment
A. The Contractor may submit, no more than thirty (30) calendar days after contract
approval and prior to the first application for payment, a written request to Cornell University for
permission to invoice for critical materials and equipment ready, but not yet incorporated into the
work. For the purpose of this paragraph, "critical materials and equipment" eligible for payment
are defined as those items affecting project schedule or budget as determined by Cornell
University's evaluation of the project schedule. This includes finished goods normally shipped to
the job site in a condition ready for incorporation into the work that require significant time for
delivery. Raw materials or work-in-process at a manufacturer's plant location shall not be eligible
for such consideration unless the Contractor can demonstrate that Cornell University can save
money by purchasing material in bulk quantities at the beginning of the project.
B. Cornell University will be under no obligation to accept such requests.
24 Rev 03.2018
C. Payment authorized by Cornell University for such "long-lead" critical materials
and equipment not yet incorporated in the work will be made provided the Contractor submits
Exhibit H and complies with the following:
1. Items shall be listed in the “Total Materials Presently Stored” column on
the Application for Payment.
2. Transfer of Title shall be executed and included in the Application for
Payment.
3. The method used to store off-site items shall be described in the
Contractor's request to invoice for such materials and equipment. Cornell
University shall give prior approval of the location of off-site storage.
Items requiring special environmental conditions to protect their integrity
(temperature, humidity, etc.) shall be continuously stored in such an
environment.
4. Items in storage shall be identified as property of Cornell University, and
a description of the identification method used shall be submitted in the
Application for Payment. Contractor shall maintain all necessary
insurance on items in storage.
5. A written and photographic inventory of items and method used to verify
such inventory, including Contractor's certification that all quantities have
been received in good condition at the job site or other location acceptable
to Cornell University shall be submitted with the Application for Payment.
6. A copy of the vendor's invoice is included with the Contractor's invoice.
Packing lists will not be accepted.
D. Cornell University retains the right to verify storage by physical inspection prior
to payment approval and at any time thereafter. Such payment shall not relieve the Contractor of
the responsibility for protecting, safeguarding, and properly installing the equipment or materials.
The Warranty and Guarantee period shall not commence until installation and final acceptance of
the completed work by Cornell University. The Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting
materials stored off-site to the site
E. Each subsequent invoice will restate the prior months' materials and equipment
not incorporated in the Work and current month additions and deletions for materials and
equipment incorporated into the Work.
F. Upon the making of partial payment by Cornell University, all work, materials,
and equipment covered thereby shall become the sole property of Cornell University. Partial
payments, however, shall not constitute acceptance of the Contractor's work by Cornell University,
nor be construed as a waiver of any right or claim by Cornell University.
25 Rev 03.2018
Section 12.03 – Retention
A. Retention in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and
materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part
security for the faithful performance of the Contractor’s work within the time specified, and shall
be paid as indicated in Section 12.06.
B. Cornell University in its sole discretion may, upon the Contractor's application
thereof, release retention applicable to a subcontractor, provided that there are no outstanding
claims associated with the subcontractor's work and the subcontractor and Contractor submit an
acceptable partial or final release when submitting the payment application process. If the project
is bonded, a Consent of Surety to the reduction must be attached as well.
Section 12.04 - Withholding Payments
A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or
nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the
Owner from loss on account of:
1. Defective work not remedied.
2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or
materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's
property.
3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of
the Contract Price then unpaid.
4. Damage to another Contractor.
5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor.
6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method
Network Schedule.
Section 12.05 – Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment
A. As-Built Documentation
1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of current
reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded
in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field construction
differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
26 Rev 03.2018
B. Final Documentation:
1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment in
accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following
documents with the Owner.
a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other
extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications.
b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub-Contractors in
accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto.
c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section
01 78 39.
d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed.
e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General
Requirements Section 01 78 23.
f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section
01 78 22.
2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or
Word Documents of all documentation.
Section 12.06 - Final Payment and Release
A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is
substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to
be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed
list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements.
The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect.
B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the
Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect,
on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will
then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion.
C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and
acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the
work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed,
and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance
due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the
Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and sub-
subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the
best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and
inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable.
27 Rev 03.2018
D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being
estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate.
E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a
general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the
Contractor.
ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION
Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption
A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including
sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed
Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools,
machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to
supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the
completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and
all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery,
equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials.
B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or
other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said
certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation.
ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE
Section 14.01 - Guarantee
A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or
repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or
characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or
within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such
guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract,
and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such
defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be
damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final acceptance
of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding
B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept various
components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit
a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". Upon
completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on
the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E".
28 Rev 03.2018
ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS
Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted
Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract
and made a part hereof, shall be deemed to be inserted herein and, in the event any such provision
is not inserted or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, this Contract
shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction.
Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract
The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to
conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be
maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for
the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such
purposes.
Section 15.03 - Assignments
The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written
consent of the Owner.
Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights
Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action
against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract.
Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner
A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner
except when such waiver is given in writing.
Section 15.06 - Limitation on Actions
No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against
the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner
of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action
is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination.
Section 15.07 - Owner's Representative
The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with
respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render
approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress
of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University’s designated representative
(Caterina McFadden) shall be recognized by the Contractor.
29 Rev 03.2018
ARTICLE 16 – MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
Section 16.01 – Definitions
The terms "Minority-owned business enterprise" ("MBE") or “Women-owned business
enterprise” (“WBE”) or “minority group member” shall have the same meaning as under Section
310 of the New York State Executive Law, as the same may be from time to time amended.
Section 16.02 – Participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises
A. The Contractor shall, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provision of the
Contract and at no additional cost to Owner, fully comply and cooperate with the Owner in the
implementation of MBE and WBE goals. These requirements include equal employment
opportunities for minority group members and women (“EEO”) and contracting opportunities for
certified minority and women-owned business enterprises (“MWBEs”). The Contractor’s
demonstration of “good faith efforts” shall be a part of these requirements. These provisions shall
be deemed supplementary to, and not in lieu of, the nondiscrimination provisions required by New
York State or other applicable federal, state or local laws.
B. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this Article in each and every
Agreement and/or Contract in such a manner that the provisions of this Article will be binding upon
each subcontractor and supplier as to work in connection with and related to this Agreement.
C. For purposes of this procurement, the Owner has established goals as outlined in
the Bid Form for Minority-Owned Business Enterprises (“MBE”) and Women-Owned Business
Enterprises (“WBE”) participation.
1. The goal for Minority-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be
applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal may be
applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from MBEs.
2. The goal for Women-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be
applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal may be
applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from WBEs.
D. For purposes of providing meaningful participation by MWBEs on the Contract
and achieving the Contract Goals established in paragraph C above, the Contractor should reference
the Directory of New York State Certified MWBEs found at the following internet address:
http://www.esd.ny.gov/mwbe.html.
E. Where MWBE goals have been established herein, the Contractor must document
“good faith efforts” to provide meaningful participation by MWBEs as sub-contractors or suppliers
in the performance of the Contract.
F. Where it appears that a Contractor is unable to comply with the MWBE
participation requirements, Contractor may submit in writing for the Owner’s consideration, the
reasons for Contractor’s inability to meet any or all of the participation requirements together with
an explanation of the efforts taken by the Contractor to obtain the stated MWBE participation.
30 Rev 03.2018
Section 16.03 MWBE Utilization Plan
A. The Contractor shall submit a MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the Owner’s review
prior within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of a Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed.
B. The Contractor shall use such Owner approved MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the
performance of MWBEs on the Contract pursuant to the prescribed MWBE goals established in
Article 16 hereof. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who
shall be responsible for implementing the MBE/WBE Utilization Plan of the Contractor and its
subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly,
reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These
reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce
Report attached hereto as Exhibit "D".
Section 16.04 Reports and Records
A. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "D" and made a part of the
Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting MBE/WBE Utilization Plans. Electronic
versions are available in the E-Builder Resources Project or at https://fcs.cornell.edu/project-
contractors-and-consultants.
1. MWBE Utilization Plan
2. Affirmative Action Workforce Report
B. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of
the Affirmative Action Workforce Report on a monthly basis, or as requested by Owner. The
Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the
project labor and such report must document the progress made towards achievement of the MWBE
goals of the Contract. Such forms shall be uploaded monthly to E-Builder.
C. The Contractor shall permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Owner
for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this Article. The
Contractor shall include this provision in every subcontract so that such provision will be binding
upon each subcontractor.
ARTICLE 17 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT
The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the
Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files
used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit
by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office
or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven
years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit is started
before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation,
claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub-Contractor shall be
similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting
the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies of any and all
subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project.
31 Rev 03.2018
ARTICLE 18 – CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
At project completion the Owner shall schedule a meeting to review with the Contractor
their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner may
schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50% completion) based on project complexity and/or duration.
The Owner shall present its review based on the attached “Contractor Performance Evaluation”,
Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the
evaluation after completion by the Owner.
ARTICLE 19 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims
for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account
thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular
process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to
believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be
responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell
University.
ARTICLE 20 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME
Section 20.01 - Release of Information
The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news
releases, social media, internal house organizations, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone
without Cornell University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the
extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar
agreement from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the
foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its
release and specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval
to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager.
Section 20.02 - Confidential Information
The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or
received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell
University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not
disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the
extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and
until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall hold
all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use
confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its
subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed to
comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each subcontractor,
requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to defend
in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be sought from Cornell
University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before any disclosures are made.
This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes known in public domain or (2)
is learned by the Contractor from third parties.
32 Rev 03.2018
Section 20.03 - Use of Owner's Name
The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, social media,
or other promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the
specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative.
ARTICLE 21 -- CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT
Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student
employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of
ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of
which is available at https://fcs.cornell.edu/project-contractors-and-consultants This includes
treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with
or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and
firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their families may not
personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or
gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items
not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature,
and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In addition, it is expected that
the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to this Contract within
the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and
professional standards. All parties are expected to report violations of this policy to appropriate
university personnel. You may file a report to on the web
https://secure.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/report_custom.asp?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell
University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077.
33 Rev 03.2018
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
Construction Contract Change Order Forms
Instructions to Change Order Documentation
Cornell University has several standard forms related to Changes in the Work. These forms have
been prepared to comply with contract requirements related to Changes in the Work. The standard
Construction Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms shall be used to
facilitate preparation of change order requests in conformity with construction contract
requirements.
These forms shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their respective
cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work for the Owner’s consideration and
shall include all associated back-up documentation supporting the request.
Direct Cost of the Work:
1. Direct Labor – Include the “wages paid” hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary
to perform the required change. “Wages paid” is the burdened labor rate documented in
accordance with Section 2.14 – Project Labor Rates of the General Conditions. “Assigned
Personnel or Work Crews” should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by
name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason, backhoe operator, etc.
Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory
personnel on the job-site, but with broad supervisory responsibility and paid as salaried
personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor
2. Direct Material – Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to
perform the required change. Examples of “Unit of Measure” include square feet, cubic
yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc.
3. Equipment – Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the
change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental
rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed.
Bond Premiums
The Contractor’s actual documented bond premium rate as stated on their Bid Form at time
of bid shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change.
Overhead & Profit
The Contractor’s overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of
the proposed change in accordance with the Contract.
EXHIBIT "A"
EXHIBIT "A"
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY
DATE:
PCO #
PROJECT TITLE:CONTRACT NO.
CONTRACTOR:
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
1 DIRECT COST OF WORK:
NAME OF CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTORS TO TAL
PERFORMING WORK COST
TOTAL COST OF PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER ITEM $0
TOTAL CONTRACT DAYS ADDED/DELETED FROM PROJECT SCHEDULE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FINAL RELEASE EXHIBIT "B"
FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS
Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name
Day of 20 By:
Title:
Date Contract Date
Project Contract Price
Address Net Extras and Deductions
City Adjusted Contract Price
County Amount Previously Paid
State Balance Due - Final Payment
The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor,
materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project
in accordance with the Contract.
In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $
being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release
the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon
improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the
Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor,
services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project.
The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows:
.
The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute
this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has
properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a
good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services
that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks,
expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the
date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or
incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully-paid or open stock or were fully paid for and
supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice.
The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses
(including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the
below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors.
In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier
hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever
arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto.
The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed
are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect
for the period specified in said Contract.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EXHIBIT "C"
GUARANTEE
Date:
In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell
University dated , we hereby guarantee
the as found in the specifications
for , Ithaca, New York to be free
(Project Title)
from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from
, the date of acceptance by the Owner.
(Date)
(COMPANY)
By:
Title:
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EXHIBIT "D" – FORM I
1
MWBE Utilization Plan
– Submit Part I and Part II within 15 days after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed –
– Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project –
PART I – PROJECT INFORMATION
e-Builder Project No.
Project Name:
Contract Value:
Contractor Name and Address:
Primary Contact Name, Phone Number, Email: Bid Date:
% Goals MBE: 4.7% WBE: 10.2% Contractor’s MWBE Contact Name, Phone Number, Email:
PART II – MWBE LIST (Update as MWBE firms come under contract, sign and date, resubmit)
Subcontractor Name, Address,
Contact, Email, MBE or WBE
(List your firm if also MBE or WBE)
Federal ID
Number
Dollar Value of
Contract or
Purchase Order
Description of Work or
Supplies
Subcontractor or
Supplier Start and
End Dates
(Update totals as MWBE firms are added/subtracted to above list)
Print Name of Principal or Officer: Title:
Signature: Date:
MWBE Contract
Percentages Summary
%
MBE Totals
WBE Totals
EXHIBIT "D" – FORM I
2
MWBE Utilization Plan
– Submit Part I and Part II within 15 days after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed –
– Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project –
PART III – Quarterly Utilization Report (Subcontractors & Sub-subcontractors fill this out and submit
to
General Contractor to compile into a single form.) Double click on table to edit.
Month/Year:
General Contractor, Subcontractor, Sub-
Subcontractor, or Vendor Trade
Dollar Value of
SubContract or
Purchase Order
MBE,
WBE, or
N/A
% of Total
Contract
TOTALS 0 0
EXHIBIT "D" - FORM II
SUMMARY OF BID ACTIVITY WITH MBE AND WBE
SUBCONTRACTORS AND VENDORS
Please print or type all information,
except where a signature is required.
PROJECT:
Name of Prime Contract Bidder:
Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code):
Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number):
MBE and WBE
Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of
(Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination
EXPLANATION OF ELIMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc.
(Use additional sheet if necessary)
OFFICER OF FIRM:
Name and Title: Date:
Signature:
EXHIBIT "D" - FORM III
EXHIBIT "E"
LABOR RATE BREAKDOWN
PROJECT TITLE:CONTRACT NO.
CONTRACTOR:TRADE:
EFFECTIVE DATE:
EXPIRATION DATE:
Base Hourly Rate:$
Payroll Taxes and Insurance % per Hour
F.I.C.A.
Federal Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours of work)
State Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours of work)
*Worker's Compensation
*Bodity Injury & Property Damage
Disability
TOTAL %
Payroll Taxes and Insurance Rates: Base Rate (x) Total % =$
*
Supplemental Benefits $ per Hour
Vacation
Health & Welfare
Pension
Annuity
Education / Training
Industry
Total Hourly Fringe Benefits $
Hourly Labor Rate: Base Rate, Taxes/Insurance and Fringe Benefits $
Adjustment for a composite rate which includes apprentices:$
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION
Signature of Authorized Representative:
Print Name:
Print Title:
I certify that the labor rates, insurance enumerations, labor fringe enumerations and expenses are correct and in accordance
with actual and true cost incurred.
Rates are net Contractor cost after premium discounts and experience
modifications have been applied against manual rate.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EXHIBIT "F”
STORED MATERIALS INVOICING
DOCUMENTATION
PROJECT TITLE:
CONTRACT NO.
CONTRACTOR:SUBCONTRACTOR:
REASON FOR REQUEST:
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. __________DATE:
1 Material Identification
Description:
Quantity:
Provide Specific Location of Materials Stored:
2 Material Value
Attach an Invoice or Quantified Statement of Value.$
3 Certificate of Insurance
Attach a Certificate of Insurance for the above specified materials. Certificate shall name
"Cornell University" as a loss payee with respect to the specified materials.
4 Transfer of Title
The Contractor hereby agrees to transfer complete ownership of all listed materials to Cornell University at the
time payment is made to Contractor for the above referenced Application for Payment. The Contractor remains
responsible for all contractual requirements for the above listed materials including complete installation and
providing of all warranties.
Signed:
Date:
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EXHIBIT "G"
Contractor Performance
Evaluation
Project Information
Project Name:____________________________________________Date Of Evaluation___________________
Project Number___________________________Evaluators;
Project Team_____________________________
Campus_________________________________
Project Start Date_________________________Substantial Completion________________
Contractor______________________________________________Prequalification Status_________________
Original Contract Amount__________________________________Total Change Order Amount_____________
Contractor Project Manager___________________________________________Initial Evaluation_____
Contractor Superintendent____________________________________________Final Evaluation_____
Type Of Contract
Prime Contractor___Subcontractor___Construction Manager___
Project Comments/Description
Performance Evaluation
Please give one rating for each category. Add comments as required to justify your rating.
Fails to Achieve Needs Fully Achieve Freq Exceeds Cons Exceed
Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation
1 2 3 4 5
1 Quality of Workmanship
Rate this contractor's performance in regards to quality of work
a. Compliance with project drawings and specifications
b. Workmanship quality and accuracy
c. Tools- quality and sufficient quantity
d. Equipment - sufficient quantity and operating condition
e. Quality of jobsite craft personnel
Comments:
2 Scheduling/Productivity
Rate this contractor's performance with regard to producing and
meeting contract schedules and milestones
a. Project schedule quality and completeness
b. Controlling of project schedule
c. Manpower allocation for maintaining schedule
d. Material deliveries to support project schedule
e. Ability to meet substantial completion date and project milestones
f. Productivity of work force
g. Ability to deal with added work and unforeseen issues.
Comments:
3 Subcontractor Management
Rate this contractor's ability, effort and success in managing and coordinating
subcontractors (if no subcontractors rate overall management performance)
Comments:
3A Major subcontractor performance(score not added in final Contractor Evaluation
For contractor information only
a. Plumbing Contractor overall Performance
Comments:
b. HVAC Contractor overall Performance
Comments:
c. Electrical Contractor overall Performance
Comments:
Fails to Achieve Needs Fully Achieve Freq Exceeds Cons Exceed
Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation
1 2 3 4 5
4 MBE/WBE Participation
Rate this contractor's MBE/WBE solicitation effort and participation for this
project for, Project Team, Subcontractors, Material Vendors
Comments:
5 Safety
Rate this contractor's performance in regards to project safety
a. Timely submission of site specific safety program
b. Knowledge of OSHA standards
c. Implementation of safety rules and regulations
d. Promotion and creation of safety awareness
e. Daily overall housekeeping
f. Safety record
g. Response to safety concerns
h. Awareness of public safety
Comments:
6 Contract Administration
Rate this contractor's performance in regards to contract
administration as per criteria below
a. Timely submission of complet and correct
documentation required for insurance and bond
b. Change order processing
c. Timely submission of RFI's, Shop Drawings,
and change orders
d. Subcontractor payments made promptly
e. Timely submission of complete and correct payment
applications
f. Quality of paperwork
Comments:
7 Working Relationships
Rate this contractor's working relationships with other parties
(Cornell, Design Team, subcontractors,ect.)
Comments:
Fails to Achieve Needs Fully Achieve Freq Exceeds Cons Exceed
Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation
1 2 3 4 5
8 Supervisory Personnel Rating
Rate the overall performance of this contractor's on site supervisory
personnel and project management staff
Comments:
9 Contract Close-Out
Rate this contractor's overall ability to efficiently close out the project
a. Timely completion of all punchlist items
b. Timely resolution of all outstanding change orders
c. Timely submission of all close out documents(O&M's,
As-Builts, warranties, final releases and consent of surety)
d. Quality of close out documentation and timely completion
of any outstanding audit questions
Comments:
Summary Sheet
Project:___________________________________________
Contractor:________________________________________
Rating Per Weight
Performance Categories Category %Scoring
1 Quality of Workmanship 0 15.00%0
2 Scheduling 0 10.00%0
3 Subcontractor Management 0 10.00%0
4 MBE/WBE Participation 0 10.00%0
5 Safety 0 10.00%0
6 Contract Administration 0 10.00%0
7 Working Relationships 0 10.00%0
8 On Site Supervisory Personnel Rating 0 18.00%0
9 Contract Close Out 0 7.00%0
Over All Rating 0
Rating Reference
Fails to achieve expectation 1
Needs improvement 2
Fully achieves expectation 3
Frequently exceeds expectation 4
Consistently exceeds expectatio 5
OWNER COMMENTS:
OWNER COMMENTS on 3A Ratings:
CONTRACTOR COMMENTS:
(To be completed by Contractor prior to Owner/Contractor discussion meeting)
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
2/15/2019
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SYSTEM REMEDIATION
ALICE COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
ITHACA, NEW YORK
2/15/2019
SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK .....................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS .........................................................2
1.3 CONTRACT MILESTONES ............................................................................2
1.4 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS ............................................3
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3
SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS ..................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................1
1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES ..............................................................1
1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES ..............................................................................2
1.4 WATER USE RESTRICTION ..........................................................................2
1.5 PARKING 2
1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES ................................3
1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION ............................4
1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS...................................................................4
1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. ........................5
1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. ...................................5
1.11 STAND DOWN DATES ...................................................................................7
1.12 WORKING HOURS ..........................................................................................8
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................8
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................8
SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS .............................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................2
1.4 PRODUCTS LIST .............................................................................................2
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2
1.6 PROCEDURES..................................................................................................3
1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL ........................................................3
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS ............................................................................4
1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS .............................................................................................6
1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS ..........................................................................7
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION ..........................................................8
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES ...................................................................................8
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................8
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................8
2/15/2019
SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS ......................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING .................................................................1
1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS ..................................................................................3
1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) ......................................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4
SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT .................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .....................................................................................1
1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1
1.4 PROCEDURES..................................................................................................1
1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW ....................................................................................2
1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ......................................................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4
SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE .......................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES ..................................................................................1
1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES ...........................................................................1
1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS .................................................................................2
1.5 SUBMISSIONS .................................................................................................3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED ..........................................................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................3
3.1 DISTRIBUTION................................................................................................3
SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION ........................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................1
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................1
3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS ....................................................1
3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS .........................................................................1
3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS .......................................................1
2/15/2019
SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ..........................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE.................................................1
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS ...........................................................................................3
1.4 PRODUCT DATA .............................................................................................3
1.5 SAMPLES 4
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS.......5
1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS ......................................................................6
1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................9
1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ........................................................................10
1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS ...............................................................................12
1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................12
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES .................................................................................12
1.13 DISTRIBUTION..............................................................................................13
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .......................................................................................13
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .....................................................................................13
SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY ....................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN ....................................1
1.3 AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS .......................................................................2
1.4 ASBESTOS 3
1.5 LEAD 3
1.6 SITE VISITS 3
1.7 CONFINED SPACE ..........................................................................................3
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3
2/15/2019
SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ....................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .....................................................................................1
1.3 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1
1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION .......................................................................1
1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE .....................................2
1.6 NOISE AND VIBRATION ...............................................................................2
1.7 DUST CONTROL .............................................................................................2
1.8 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .....................................................3
1.9 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK ....................3
1.10 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS .......................................................4
1.11 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE ........................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................5
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................5
SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL ..............................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 SPILL PREVENTION .......................................................................................1
1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES ..................................................................1
1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION ............................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................5
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................5
SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES .............................................................................1
1.2 INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................1
1.3 COMPLIANCE..................................................................................................1
1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................2
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................2
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................2
2/15/2019
SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES ....................................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.......................................................1
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................2
1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................2
1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS .................................................................................4
1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS ..............................................................................4
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ..........................................................5
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED ........................................................................................18
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ......................................................................................18
SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL .......................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION ..................................................1
1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS.......................................................2
1.4 TESTING 3
1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ......................................................................3
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3
SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ...........................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ......................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................1
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ................................................................................1
2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES.........................................................1
2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION ...............................................................2
2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS ..................................................................................4
2.5 SUPPORTS 4
2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES ........................................................................4
2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL ................................................................5
2.8 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION ..........................5
2.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS ...................................................5
2.10 SECURITY 6
2.11 FIELD OFFICES ...............................................................................................6
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................6
3.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................................6
3.2 GENERAL 6
3.3 REMOVAL 7
2/15/2019
SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES ...............................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ......................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................1
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ................................................................................1
2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER ..........................1
2.3 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION ..................................................2
2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE .............................3
2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES .......................................................3
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................3
3.1 REMOVAL 3
SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION .................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 RESPONSIBILITY............................................................................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................1
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................1
SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ......................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING ........................................................1
1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE.........................................................................................1
1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE .................................................................................2
1.5 PROTECTION ...................................................................................................3
1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .......................................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4
2/15/2019
SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING ...................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2
1.4 WARRANTIES .................................................................................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................4
2.1 MATERIALS 4
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................5
3.1 INSPECTION 5
3.2 PREPARATION ................................................................................................5
3.3 PERFORMANCE ..............................................................................................5
3.4 CLEANING 8
SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT .....................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................1
1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2
1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP ...........................................................................................3
1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK ................................................................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................5
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................5
SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY ...............................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY ...............................................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................2
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................2
2/15/2019
SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA .................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................1
1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL ................................................................................2
1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES .............................................3
1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ............................................4
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................6
1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL ..............................................6
1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................7
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................7
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................7
SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS ...........................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 SUMMARY 1
1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2
1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................2
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................3
1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED .............................................................................4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................4
3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................4
3.2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS .................................................................................5
SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS...................................................................1
1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES..................................1
1.3 RECORDING 1
1.4 SUBMITTAL 4
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00
Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work to be Done
o Add grease collection points
o Add drain with piping to grease interceptor
o Add 2 hour rated fire stopping to fill gap between ductwork and penetration
o Add access doors in chase walls and ducts
o Reinsulate (firewrap) grease ducts
B. The Scope of the Work
1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the
furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the
Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site, joining
all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning
entity.
2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but
which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be
included.
3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each
item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install
materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions
of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the
work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus,
machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter
specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any
portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the
requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished
without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity,
highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or
Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each
other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or
materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00
Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
A. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including
providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract
work with work performed under others contracts.
B. Preceding Work:
1. Alice Cook House Residential Dormitory painting in some student rooms, and window
blind replacement throughout. Work performed under a separate contract by Cook
Painting.
C. Concurrent / Future Work:
1. Alice Cook House Residential Dormitory painting in some student rooms, and window
blind replacement throughout. Work performed under a separate contract by Cook
Painting.
2. Alice Cook House and Flora Rose House – Dining Room Conference Space in use.
Will need to be coordinated (exact dates to be coordinated at weekly team meeting with
Project Manager).
3. Alice Cook House and Flora Rose House may have carpet installation in dining room
by Pro Carpet.
D. New York State Electric & Gas (NYSEG):
1. Contractor shall be responsible for the project management of NYSEG work including
coordinating any scheduling associated with the Project.
2. The Owner shall be responsible for the cost associated with the work to be performed
by NYSEG. No NYSEG costs shall be carried in the Contractor’s bid.
1.3 CONTRACT MILESTONES
A. Rose
1. Construction June 10, 2019 – July 26, 2019
2. Inspection and Testing July 29, 2019– August 1, 2019
3. Final Cleaning August 1, 2019– August 3, 2019
B. Cook
1. Construction June 10, 2019 – July 26, 2019
2. Inspection and Testing July 29, 2019 – August 1, 2019
3. Final Cleaning August 1, 2019 – August 3, 2019
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00
Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.4 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS
A. The Contractor shall receive, unload, store and install Owner furnished equipment as shown
on the plans and called for in the Specifications.
B. Storage
1. Upon written acknowledgment by Contractor of receipt in proper condition, the
Contractor shall maintain responsibility for proper storage and protection of the
equipment. Provide insurance for the Owner-furnished products up to the time of Final
Acceptance by the Owner.
C. Receiving and Unloading
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for logging in, checking and verifying receipt of
items and shall be responsible for confirming that the quantities and condition of the
materials are appropriate for installation and the completion of the Work of the project.
2. The Contractor shall note any damage and/or short count on the Bill of Loading for any
Owner Furnished Equipment received at the storage facility, such listing of damages or
short count being required to establish the Owner's potential claim against the carrier.
The Contractor shall also notify the Owner directly on any such damage and/or short
count.
3. Unload Owner Furnished Equipment at the job site using necessary care and equipment
as required to handle the equipment in a safe manner.
4. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers necessary to handle, receive and install Owner
Furnished Equipment.
5. Install Owner Furnished Equipment as called for in the Drawings or in these
Specifications.
D. Installation
1. Install products in conformance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.
2. Provide interconnecting structures, equipment, piping, electrical and instrumentation
work, finish painting, and appurtenances to achieve a complete and functional system.
E. Use of Materials
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the use of Owner provide materials in an
efficient manner in accordance with industry standards and best practices to reduce
waste materials.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 11 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHUAST WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division
1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. All traffic and pedestrian control measures shall be compliant with the National Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) and 17 NYCRR
Chapter V (New York Supplement), (https://www.dot.ny.gov/mutcd) and all other local laws
and regulations.
B. The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least interruption
to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at all times.
C. The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of traffic
will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with radio
communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane
of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the
Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges.
D. The Contractor shall maintain 20’ minimum fire lane access to all facilities in the area.
E. The Contractor shall post and maintain flag persons and suitable signs indicating that
construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required.
F. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways,
roadways and footpaths, outside the Contract Limit Lines (work area), and shall conform to
all laws and regulations concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the
movement of heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials
and/or equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or
approved by the Owner’s Representative.
G. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt and debris from making its way to
roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on
permanent roadways due to the Work.
H. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the
Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHUAST WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
I. For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed in other
than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and
removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the
Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the
normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces.
J. It is the Owner’s expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize
damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personnel
lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site,
including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their
original condition after completion of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn restoration
and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of Work.
K. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as directed
by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with prior approval
of the Owner's Representative.
1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES
A. In the event of University closure, the Contractor should use their judgement, follow their
internal guidance on continuity of operations, and the direction of law enforcement, as to
whether or not they will maintain operations on construction sites on campus. They should
make this decision with the awareness that Cornell response to any project needs (shutdowns,
emergencies) will not possible and the maintenance of roads and walks will not be to normal
operating standards.
B. With your safety as a top priority, the Cornell University Police allows you the ability to take
advantage of our Emergency Mass Notification System that enables your cellphone to
become a personal safety device for you. Contractor’s wishing to participate may text the
following: CornellAlert to 67283 and you will be set up to receive alert messages. Be advised
that you may stop receiving messages at any time by sending “stop” to CornellAlert. There
will also be a system generated “stop” every year on August 1st at which point you will need
to send the text CornellAlert to re-enlist.
1.4 WATER USE RESTRICTION
C. The Contractor shall adhere to any University issued Water Use Restrictions in place at the
time of construction.
1.5 PARKING
A. The Owner may designate an area for parking of essential Contractor vehicles on the project
site.
B. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation of all trade
persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHUAST WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
C. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The
Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The
Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Caterina McFadden) for additional
information. The Contractor will be required to complete a “New Construction Employee
Form” for each permit requested. This form may be found at
http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm.
D. Contractor shall cooperate with Transportation Services and/or other authorities having
jurisdiction, as follows:
1. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers,
and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the designated
parking area.
2. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc.
3. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements.
4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the
construction site.
E. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers,
rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the
Contractor’s direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property
and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event
of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the
Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore.
1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES
A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect
the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere
with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding.
B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building
services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased.
C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the
Owner’s discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working
hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses.
D. When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities
or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative.
E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without the
express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside
contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University to enable
Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting
life safety or which are outside the project site limits.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHUAST WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for more
than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all
buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety
(EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department.
G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and requests
shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner’s Representative.
H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS
NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY.
1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION
A. General
1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and
verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS.
2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes
in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work, equipment
locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and Architect. Obtain
approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to obstacles and
interferences encountered.
3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit
drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes.
4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building
equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be
installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and
alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a
requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical
nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of
conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations other than as
indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of
exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have
been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect.
B. Interference
1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with
removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and
safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent
attention.
1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS
A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of
construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis-of-design
equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHUAST WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs
in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions:
1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing
maintenance and service space required.
2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all
trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no
increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves,
fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of revised
layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections
by other trades.
3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss,
possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for
removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to
Contract Drawings and Specifications.
1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC.
A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit
complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and
salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner does
not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed.
1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC.
A. Before Submitting Proposal
1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine
scope and relation to other work.
2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications, by
visiting site and/or building.
3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities.
B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area
1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building.
2. Inspect all adjacent work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHUAST WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-6
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
3. All work is to be conducted in such a manner as to cause a minimum degree of
interference with the Campus’ operation and academic schedule. Prior to the
commencement of each phase, submit Shutdown / Demo action plans that clearly
describe the steps required to safely shut down utilities, systems and infrastructure that
are within the work area (or effecting the work area); and those outside the work area
and within approximately 25 feet of the work area limits, as approved by the Owner.
The Shutdown / Demo action plan shall identify the shut off point(s) for each utility,
system and infrastructure as well as the secondary shut off point(s) to account if the
primary points fail or are otherwise inaccessible. To identify shutoff points, trace each
utility, system and infrastructure in the presence of the campus representative from the
work area to the shutoff points and place clear label on same indicating what the shutoff
point is and what it effects and whether it is the primary or secondary shut off. The
Shutdown / Demo action plan shall describe the shutdown procedure, identify tools and
material required for shutdown, sequence of activities required for proper shutdown,
the name of the person(s) or trade(s) deemed competent to perform each activity in the
shutdown sequence and names and telephone numbers of the campus staff required to
provide access to shut off points, assist in the shut off or perform portions of the
shutdown activities. Additionally, the plan will address the Contractor’s plan for
maintaining MEP to adjacent occupied areas, inclusive of planned tie-in points for any
and all necessary, temporary infrastructure, alarming, monitoring etc. Submit the
Shutdown / Demo action plan for review and approval at least two weeks prior to field
work in the work area. Field work shall not begin until the Shutdown / Demo action
plan is reviewed. Contractor is to assign and include a competent crew, knowledgeable
of each unique system involved (i.e. Mechanic, Electrician, Sheet metal, Plumber,
Controls, IT, etc.). Field investigation is to include any and all necessary ladders,
scaffold, temp lighting, cutting tools, photos, labels, PPE, etc. needed to properly locate,
access and label shut off points. The University is explicitly requesting heightened
awareness and an earnest mitigation of impact. This requirement supplements all other
contractual obligations, and requires the dedication of no less than an aggregate 40
hours.
C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement
1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying
Drawings.
2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged
misunderstanding.
D. Existing or Archived Drawings
1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic format
only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not to be
considered contract drawings and are provided “FOR INFORMATION ONLY”. The
Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing
current conditions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHUAST WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-7
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.11 STAND DOWN DATES
A. Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor’s management and supervision of the
following dates and hours is required.
1. Stand-Down Dates (No construction work and no deliveries on site):
a. Commencement Weekend
Saturday, May 25, 2019
Sunday, May 26, 2019
b. Reunion Weekend
Saturday, June 8, 2019
Sunday, June 9, 2019
2. Restricted Work Dates (delivery & demolition restrictions but otherwise work as
usual):
Friday, May 24, 2019 Commencement weekend- deliveries and work
outside fence stop at noon
Thursday, Friday June 6 - 9, 2019 Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence; no
demo or utility work inside fence
Friday, June 7, 2019 Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside
fence stop at noon
Friday, May 24, 2019 Commencement weekend- deliveries and work
outside fence stop at noon
Thursday, Friday June 6 - 7, 2019 Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence; no
demo or utility work inside fence
Friday, June 6, 2019 Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside
fence stop at noon
1. Student and Campus Life
Residence Halls Open
August 23, 2019
No deliveries, no hauling materials into or out of the project site.
All work to be contained to the fenced area of the project site.
2. Courses Study Time & Final Exams: * See below. While future dates are unknown
at this point, the Contractor shall assume these general timeframes for the duration of
the project.
Summer Sessions Final Exams Monday - Tuesday August 5 – 6, 2018
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHUAST WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-8
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
* Contractor shall assume that the “Study Time and Final Exam” periods are accurate
for the University, but that the Owner has specific exam times falling within these
periods. Contractor should assume 80 hours wherein a no noise restriction applies to
be used at the discretion of the Owner, but falling within the “Study Time and Final
Exam” Periods noted above. Specifically, this means that absolutely no construction
noise may be transmitted by virtue of this project to the lecture halls, tutorial rooms,
classrooms, library, etc. during the to-be-determined 80 hour period. The Owner will
provide information relative to the specific times and locations no less than two weeks
in advance of scheduled exams at the Contractor’s request. The 80 hours are to be
included with no right to claim for additional cost or time or delays to construction
schedule.
1.12 WORKING HOURS
A. Normal work hours are 9AM-dusk Monday-Saturday except during above noted restrictions.
This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that could disturb
campus occupants or residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions
necessitate work to extend beyond these hours – Contractor may submit a detailed request
with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written
relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be granted.
B. During Construction periods, no work shall take place prior to 9AM in a Residence Hall,
Fraternity, Co-Op, Sorority, or any type of Housing Unit. Residence Halls require
72 hours notification to the Student & Academic Services representative prior to entering a
Residence Hall or Student Room. This does not apply to Fraternity, Co-Op or Sorority House
which require 24 hours notification to the Facilities Manager.
C. Contractor shall be responsible to complete and submit a Dispensation of Hours to the
Department of Labor for overtime or extended hours desired to be worked on the project as
needed.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 14 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PRODUCT OPTIONS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and
conditions for substitutions stated in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from
those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to
changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor’s control, such as
unavailability of product, or regulatory changes.
a. Products that are not available from Contractor’s preferred suppliers does not
constitute unavailability of product.
2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not
required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to
Contractor or Owner.
B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product
literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project
or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products. Items
that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered
new products, unless indicated otherwise.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or
exceed those of specified product.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PRODUCT OPTIONS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's
product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make
or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type,
function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other
characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers
named in the specification.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request
Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation
method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers
and titles.
1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on
the Bid Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in
base bid
1.4 PRODUCTS LIST
A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a
complete list of products which are proposed for installation.
B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number.
C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product:
1. Name and address of the manufacturer.
2. Trade name.
3. Model or catalog designation.
4. Manufacturer's data:
a. Reference standards.
b. Performance test data.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed
substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform
compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even
if previously selected products were also options.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PRODUCT OPTIONS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible
with other products and construction methods.
2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible
products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.
1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted
substitutions and approved comparable products.
1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL
A. Equivalents or Approvals - General
1. The words “similar and equal to”, or “or equal”, “equivalent” and such other words of
similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean
similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A
and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word
“products” shall be deemed to include the words “articles”, “materials”, “items”,
“equipment” and “methods”. Whenever in the Contract documents one or more
products are specified, the words “similar and equal to” shall be deemed inserted.
2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the
name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent
is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has
determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any
product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is
approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B
of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a
proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving,
at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed
product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the
Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper
that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved.
3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or
implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product
similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and make
no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of
a product similar and equal to any named product.
4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages
by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect
to approve a product proposed by the Contractor.
5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only
from the Contractor.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PRODUCT OPTIONS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding
1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after
bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the
Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer
and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the
proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it ascertains it cannot
obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of
the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of
the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner,
e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to it, as a result of the estimated
cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner
determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently in placing the necessary
purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction
of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed
equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than
ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the Contract.
2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product
proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign
of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all
new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the
Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense.
3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product
proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity
and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work
from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall
provide the same at its own cost and expense.
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS
A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard,
by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of
products and manufacturers named.
1. Products:
a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or
subparagraphs titled “Products” or that include the phrase “provide one of the
following”, and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products,
provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable
products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
- Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PRODUCT OPTIONS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
b. Non-restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available Products” or that include the phrase
“include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of names of both
available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an
unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements
in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product.
2. Manufacturers:
a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or
subparagraphs titled “Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “provide products
by one of the following”, and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a
product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements.
Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
- Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Non-restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available Manufacturers” or that include the
phrase “include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of
available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or
a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply
with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an
unnamed manufacturer's product.
3. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product
indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or
indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers.
Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other
characteristics that are based on the product named.
a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs
or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and include a list of other
manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable
product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with
requirements.
- Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for
consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named
manufacturers.
- Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Non-restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and do not include
a list of other manufacturers’ names, provide the specified or indicated product or
a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of
an unnamed manufacturer's product.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-6
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PRODUCT OPTIONS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or
equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or
manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Form as
required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed.
D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no
substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Form as provided in the Instructions
to Bidders. Base Bid must include the specified product or manufacturer. Substitutions will
be at the sole discretion of the Owner.
1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need
for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of
related submittals.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of
contract award.
C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with:
1. Completed "Request for Substitution" form in eBuilder. A request for substitution of a
product, material, or process for that specified in the Contract Documents must be
formally submitted as such accompanied by evidence that the proposed substitution ﴾1﴿
is equal in quality and serviceability to the specified item; ﴾2﴿ will not entail changes in
detail and construction of Other Work; ﴾3﴿ will be acceptable to the Architect and
Owner's Design Consultant's in achieving design and artistic intent; and ﴾4﴿ will not
result in a cost and/or schedule disadvantage.
2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with
requirements stated in Contract Documents:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature; identify:
- Product description.
- Reference standards.
- Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the
date of each installation.
3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing
any variations.
4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-7
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PRODUCT OPTIONS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project.
6. List any changes required in other work or projects.
7. Designate any required license fees or royalties.
8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials.
D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum.
E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when:
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a
formal request from the Contractor.
2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier.
3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents.
F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the Owner.
G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed
substitution.
1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will
be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not
satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record
noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by
name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an
unnamed product or manufacturer:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract
Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the
indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in
the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight,
size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific
features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product
specified.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses
and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
5. Samples, if requested.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-8
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PRODUCT OPTIONS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that:
1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the
Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions,
quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be
installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product
Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents.
The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor.
2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined
that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified.
3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the
product specified.
4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the
Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in
all respects.
5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which
may subsequently become apparent.
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness.
B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the
Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 25 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre-construction meeting, periodic progress
meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work.
1. Prepare agenda for meetings.
2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date.
3. Make physical arrangements for meetings.
4. Preside at meetings.
5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions.
6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting.
a. To all participants in the meeting.
b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting.
c. To the Architect.
B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be
qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties.
B. Attendance:
1. Owner's Representative(s)
2. Contractor(s)
3. Architect and its professional consultants
4. Major Subcontractors
5. Major suppliers
6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
C. Minimum Agendum:
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers
b. Projected Construction Schedules
2. Critical work sequencing
a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities
4. Project Coordination
a. Designation of responsible personnel
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions
b. Proposal requests
c. Submittals
d. Change Orders
e. Applications for Payment
f. Requests for Information
g. Daily Reports
6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents
8. Use of premises:
a. Office, work and storage areas
b. Owner's requirements
c. Job site personnel conduct
d. Building access and security
9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids
10. Temporary utilities
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
11. Safety and first-aid procedures
a. Contractor’s Project Site Specific Plan
12. Security procedures
13. Housekeeping procedures
14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements
1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks
throughout the Construction period.
B. Attendance:
1. Architect
2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed
3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent
4. Owner's Representatives
5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda
6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda
7. Safety Representative
C. Minimum Agenda:
1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting
2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades
3. Review of work progress since previous meeting
4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts
5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule
6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules
7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule
8. Revisions to Construction Schedule
9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period
10. Coordination of schedules
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required
12. Maintenance of quality standards
13. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders
14. Review proposed changes for:
a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date
b. Effect on other contracts of the Project
15. Other business
D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its
representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor.
1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S)
A. The Contractor to hold pre-installation conferences where required by individual specification
sections or others at the discretion of the Owner. Minimum attendees would be Architect and/or
their specific sub-consultant, Owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, key Suppliers, testing &
inspection firm, Facilities Engineering subject matter expert, etc. Minimum agenda would
include review of key submittals, RFI’s, safety, logistics, material procurement, quality control,
etc. Contractor to assemble and distribute the Agenda minimum 48 hours prior to meeting as well
as distribute meeting minutes a minimum of seven (7) calendar days after the meeting.
B. Submit a list of pre-installation meetings with preliminary dates within fifteen (15) days of
issuance of the Notice to Proceed.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 31 19***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MANAGEMENT (ePM) February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES SYSTEM
SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
D. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner’s electronic Project
Management (e-PM) system eBuilder on this project.
1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and
organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the
entire project team for the period of its use on the Project.
E. There are no fees to utilize this system.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. General Conditions Article 9 – Coordination and Cooperation.
B. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that
allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All
project-specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored
and routed within the ePM system.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the
e-PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All correspondence
should be communicated through the e-PM system.
B. Training
1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the
system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or
otherwise receive proper training on the system’s use. All cost for personnel time
and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the Contractor’s
proposal
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MANAGEMENT (ePM) February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES SYSTEM
C. The Contractor shall provide on-site personnel with personal computer(s) and personal
computer equipment that will allow the Contractor’s personnel to access and use the ePM
Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to
provide the following equipment and software:
1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability
2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production
3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and
quickly
4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera
5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software
D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary to
be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and
other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to RFI’s,
action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals,
submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre-
construction surveys.
1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW
A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate
with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within
the ePM system.
B. Project Team Directory – Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact
information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are
engaged on this project.
C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI’s will be submitted using the ePM
Website System. The submission of a Request for Information (RFI) is the Contractor’s
exclusive means of requesting information from the Owner and/or Architect.
Attachments to RFI’s (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and
the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached to the RFI
electronically.
D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the
system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner.
E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall
be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked
to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond,
time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor
recommends.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MANAGEMENT (ePM) February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES SYSTEM
F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM
Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign
download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, posted
to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited.
G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00.
H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis.
I. Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports
required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to,
daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and
accident reports.
J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system,
field by date and type including but not limited to:
1. General Progress Photographs
2. RFI Issues
3. Non-Conforming Work
4. Special Events
5. As required by individual Specification Sections
K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the
project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in
both native and PDF formats.
L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits
and agency approvals that relate to the project.
M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other
stakeholders within the project team.
N. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items
in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective
actions in the system.
O. Change Management – Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e-PM
system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and
logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and
manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders.
P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) – The Contractor shall create and submit invoices
for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices
should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system.
Q. Budget and Cost Management – Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown
structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MANAGEMENT (ePM) February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES SYSTEM
1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as
required to suit the project.
B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall
administrate and distribute all information contained therein.
C. The Contractor shall make certain that all subcontractors performing significant work on
the project shall actively participate in the e-PM system. Requirements for participation
in the e-PM system shall be made part of each bid document and final contract.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 31 50***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16
Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CONSTRUCTION 01 32 16-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE SCHEDULE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare
and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work,
with sub-schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work.
B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the
project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed.
C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner.
D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of
Values.
E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to
the submitted schedules.
1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES
A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar
chart.
1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation.
2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week.
3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions.
B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work.
C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers.
1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES
A. Construction Progress Schedule:
1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity by building.
2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of
construction. Specifically list:
a. Subcontractor work
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16
Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CONSTRUCTION 01 32 16-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE SCHEDULE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
b. Equipment installations
c. Finishes
d. Pre-Installation meetings
e. Testing and inspections
f. Final cleaning
3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of
each month.
4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be
completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials
abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified.
B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the
Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be
based on the understanding that minimum turn-around time in the Architect's office is
ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to
review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays
in processing. Show:
1. The dates for Contractor's submittals.
2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect.
3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to
the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the
Project's construction schedule.
1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission.
B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule:
1. Major changes in scope
2. Activities modified since previous submission
3. Revised projections of progress and completion
4. Other identifiable changes
C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule.
2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16
Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CONSTRUCTION 01 32 16-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE SCHEDULE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors.
1.5 SUBMISSIONS
A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after
award of Contract.
1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after
receipt.
2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy.
B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment.
C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of commencement
of work.
D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Owner Job Site personnel
2. Subcontractors
3. Other concerned parties
B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the
projections of the schedule.
***END OF SECTION 01 32 16***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33
Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXAUST PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE DOCUMENTATION February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement of
Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final
photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Progress Submittals
1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points
marked for location and direction of each photograph.
2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week, to E-Builder
within five (5) days of taking photographs.
3. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the
view.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and
surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction.
3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work.
B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review.
C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, A/V or any
infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed-prior to closure. Note location on Key
Plan.
3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work,
for submission as project record documents.
***END OF SECTION 01 32 33***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the
following:
1. Shop Drawings
2. Product Data
3. Samples
4. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals
5. Coordination Drawings
6. Certification of Asbestos free products
7. Owner audio/visual
8. Owner furnishings and fixed equipment
B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates
for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be
needed.
C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the
Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved
with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the
electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file
format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non-
electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic
management system as directed by a Cornell representative.
1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE
A. The Architect shall provide a draft submittal registry in the template needed for eBuilder
importation. It will be part of the contract documents and turned over to the Contractor in
native format for their use. The Contractor shall be responsible for review and completion of
the registry including addition of dates identified below and other information as deemed
necessary by the Owner.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
B. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications,
listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the
Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and
other related documents.
C. The Submittal Registry shall include the following information:
1. Title (by Architect for Contractor review)
2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers (by Architect for Contractor
review)
3. Subsection (by Architect for Contractor review)
4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock-Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual,
Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.) (by Architect for
Contractor review)
5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the
submittal (by Architect for Contractor review)
6. Name of Subcontractor, if applicable (Contractor provided, optional)
7. Date due from Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional)
8. Date due to be submitted for review (Contractor provided, required)
9. Date due for submittal review to be completed (Contractor provided, required)
10. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional)
11. Date for material or product delivery to project (Contractor provided, required)
12. Priority. Low, normal or high (Contractor provided, required)
D. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the
contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal
Procedures and Architect’s Duties below.
E. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the
electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the
requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission
duration shall be submitted with the Contractor’s preliminary schedule submittal described
in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after
the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these
submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all
submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal described
in section 01 32 16.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
F. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all
submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in submitting
required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the Contractor until
the required schedule or submittals are received.
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled
draftsperson and presented in a clear and thorough manner.
1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents.
2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop
Drawings.
3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop
Drawing.
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules,
patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements.
6. Submittal:
a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the
electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned
electronically marked with action taken.
b. Maintain returned document as a “Record Document”.
1.4 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and
instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and
equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section 01
35 29.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system.
1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so with
result in rejection of the submission.
2. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate
or mark through information that does not apply.
6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the
Work.
7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of options
by Architect is required.
8. Submittals:
a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the
electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned
electronically marked with action taken.
b. Maintain one (1) copy as a “Record Document”.
1.5 SAMPLES
A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers
of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern.
B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment
devices.
2. Full range of color, texture and pattern.
C. Field samples and mock-ups:
1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect.
2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section.
3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished.
4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect.
5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original
condition.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with
material or product proposed.
1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated.
2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer.
3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture.
4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in
material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show
approximate limits of variations.
5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted
for Architect’s selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range
of standard choices.
6. Submittals:
a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect’s review. Architect will return at least one (1)
set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project
Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for
electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the
submittal item electronically via the electronic project management.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS
A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports,
certifications, manufacturer’s instructions, and manufacturer’s field reports.
B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require
professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall cause
such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose
registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop
Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to
rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or approvals
performed by such design professionals.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from
independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents.
D. Manufacturer’s instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or
installation of system or product.
E. Manufacturer’s field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by
manufacturer’s field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer’s standards or
instructions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-6
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
F. Submittals:
1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the
electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically
marked with action taken.
2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as “Record Document”.
1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated
layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas;
drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including but
not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler
system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show
mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to
scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF and PDF
formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors, laboratories, offices,
mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested areas. Copies of
coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated
installation of work within the space available.
B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to
commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item.
C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and
equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on both
plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping
including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items
contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural
and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing
submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to,
corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other
areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete,
coordinated installation of work within the space available.
1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with
services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling
construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work
coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings.
2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of
various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings
where required to adequately represent the Work.
3. Include room names and numbers of each space.
4. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to the coordination drawings by
multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information
and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-7
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures, exit
signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the Architectural
Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the Mechanical and
Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as necessary to complete the
Work in accordance with the design intent.
6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance
accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work.
7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all
mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as
tight to underside of structure as possible.
8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural,
mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications systems,
security systems, and other portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate dimensions,
to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings, partitions,
services, and other portions of the Work. Where conflicts occur with placement of
materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be responsible to resolve
conflicts and coordinate the available space to accommodate each portion of the Work.
Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed and dated by the entity(s)
affected by the adjustments.
9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement
of components during the life of the installation.
10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to
concealed dampers, valves, and other controls.
11. Indicate required installation sequences.
12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings. Specifically
note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict with submitted
equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect. Provide
alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor
dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the
Contract.
13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling-mounted
devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid.
14. Indicate locations of fire-rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required barriers.
15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub-framing for support of ceiling and wall systems,
mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead-mounted equipment,
and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout
of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures
and other components and notify Architect.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-8
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show fully-
dimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate alignment
requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and other
services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and other
items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor.
17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical and
electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-
protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms.
Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for
access and maintenance.
18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings
required for all disciplines. Request un-scheduled penetrations and openings where
Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and
structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling
heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by
Architect for structural penetrations.
19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom
elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing,
flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components, such
as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution
equipment.
20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of vertical
and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show light fixture,
exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other device
locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way,
generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and
junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control systems.
Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions,
clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical elevation of cable
trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure.
21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines,
pipe drops, and sprinkler heads.
22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for
Work in those Sections.
23. Contractor Sign-Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work shall
sign and date coordination drawings.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-9
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being
coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's
responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being
prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so
inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of
coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor’s responsibility for final
coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment with
existing conditions and each portion of the Work.
D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any
given area of the building.
1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to
transmitting to the Architect.
B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor
variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and
Product Options.
C. Contractor’s approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and
verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and
coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact
Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor’s failure to fully review and
approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened
with all costs to remediate the situation.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for:
1. Compliance with the Contract Documents
2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions
3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction.
4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades.
5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner.
6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule.
7. All other provisions of the agreements.
E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an
authorization for additional work or additional cost.
F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change
in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-10
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval
of colors. Make all color-related submittals at one time.
H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor
finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work.
I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled.
J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such
submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of
inadvertent review of unspecified submittals.
K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper
construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not
be indicated on the review shop drawings.
L. Certify that only asbestos free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference Section
01 35 39
1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination
1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with
the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner.
2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.
3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed
to by all entities involved.
4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of
each submittal requiring the Architect’s review and response, except for longer periods
required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with
subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is
determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow
ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the
Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work,
and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be shortened.
An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2,
3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and Hardware
Schedules.
6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review.
7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-11
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare
submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing.
9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in
processing by the Architect.
10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals
Schedule.
11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work
thereafter performed to be at Contractor’s sole risk, cost and expense.
B. Submittal Preparation
1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's
stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification
of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the
information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract
Documents.
4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful
description.
5. Include the following information on submittal documentation:
a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as
appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product.
b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.
d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
e. Provide a blank space for the Architect’s stamps
f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract
Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations.
6. Identification of revisions on re-submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on
previous submittals.
7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must
specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-12
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
C. Submittal Transmittal:
1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless
otherwise noted or directed.
2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package
sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Provide a record copy of the submittal (electronic format) for the O&M Manual.
1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals.
B. Shop Drawings and Product Data:
1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal.
2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect.
C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this
Section.
B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following:
1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been
found and Work may proceed.
2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which
have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly.
3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including
purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare
new submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if
necessary to obtain different action mark.
4. “Rejected (REJ)” indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing,
fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new
submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if
necessary to obtain different action mark.
5. “On Hold (ONH)” is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor
should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required to
revise and resubmit.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-13
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
6. “Not Reviewed (NRV)” is used for submittals that were submitted in error,
duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but need
to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them
7. “For Record Only (FRO)”: Submittals for information or record purposes, including
Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect.
a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action.
b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with
Contract Documents.
C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action.
D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without action.
E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission.
1.13 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the
electronic project management system to:
1. Job site file
2. Record Documents file
3. Subcontractors
4. Installers
5. Suppliers
6. Manufacturers
7. Fabricators
8. Architect
9. Owner
B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with
construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 33 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST GENERAL HEALTH 01 35 29-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE & SAFETY February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The
requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors
involved in the project.
B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local,
state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the
requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in
no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such
requirements.
1.2 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN
A. Contractors are required to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell
University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should
address site specific information, controls and or requirements as it relates to the entire scope
of work for the project. All contractors shall use the Project Site Specific Plan Template
below to develop their Project’s PSSP. The template may be downloaded at:
https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/osh/occupational-safety/contractor-safety/Pages/default.aspx
1. Within the PSSP Template are example(s) to use as reference. The provided examples
demonstrate Cornell University’s expectations for providing detailed site specific
information, controls and requirements.
2. Project Site Specific Plan’s that inadequately address site specific operations will be
returned with comments for resubmission. Failure to submit a PSSP may result in delay
of project and/or denial of the payment.
3. All projects must have the PSSP submitted via e-Builder for review and comment.
B. PSSP submittal should be submitted a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the commencement
of work on site. The Contractor may opt to submit their PSSP in phases. The Contractor must
submit a phase submission plan using the PSSP Submission table included in the PSSP
template for approval by Owner’s Representative with initial submission. Submit remaining
phases no later than ten (10) days prior to the start of a new, predetermined project phase or
milestone.
1. Projects having less than a ten (10) day turn-around shall coordinate their submittal with
the Owner’s Representative, who should coordinate with Occupational Health, Safety
and Injury Prevention (OHSIP), the University Fire Marshall’s Office and Contract
College’s Codes Enforcement Official, if applicable.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST GENERAL HEALTH 01 35 29-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE & SAFETY February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
C. The Contractor is responsible for its employees and its subcontractors. Subcontractors are
required to submit their PSSP to the General Contractor. The General Contractor is
responsible to ensure all subcontractor(s) PSSP’s are adequate per their scope of work.
D. The General Contractor is required to ensure their project’s PSSP is accurately maintained
throughout the duration of the contract. Resubmission is required for any new scope elements
not previously addressed by the Contractor’s original PSSP.
E. Definitions:
1. Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP): A structured document that details the scope of the
contract work and related site specific controls, requirements and information for
University and Contractor personnel. This document is not intended to be all inclusive
of all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations for which the General
Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) are expected to comply.
2. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ):
• The organization, office or individual responsible for approving equipment, an
installation or a procedure (NYS Fire Code).
• The local government, county government or state agency responsible for the
administration and enforcement of an applicable regulation or law (NYS Building
Code-§202.2).
3. Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP): A division of Cornell
University’s Environmental Safety and Health Department. The OHSIP division can be
contacted at (607)-255-8200 or by email at askEHS@cornell.edu
4. SME: The University’s subject matter expert.
1.3 AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS
A. The preferred method for Aerial Work Platforms (AWPs) boom storage is fully
retracted and fully lowered to the ground.
B. In some circumstances booms may need to be stored in the air because of vandalism
concerns, minimal size of storage location, etc.
1. If this is case, the area under the elevated boom must be blocked or arranged
such that prevents people from walking, standing, working or parking vehicles
underneath.
2. When booms are stored in the air consult the extended weather forecast. Booms
should not be stored in the air during predicted high winds, or severe storms.
AWPs become unstable at winds or gusts greater than 25 mph and must be fully
lowered to prevent a tip-over.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST GENERAL HEALTH 01 35 29-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE & SAFETY February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.4 ASBESTOS
A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos.
At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed
certification form “Exhibit AC” stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are
100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Sheets/ Material
Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University
may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor installed
product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall
be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions.
B. Attached for the Contractor’s information are asbestos reports which represent samples taken
within the building.
C. Based on the above, disposal of asbestos containing material is not anticipated.
1.5 LEAD
A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance
with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the
presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the
Contractor’s means and/or methods. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is
site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA
standard 1926.62 “Lead in Construction Standards”. This site specific plan should address
the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants
and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based
paint.
1.6 SITE VISITS
A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be
construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of
any persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them
responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access,
visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person.
1.7 CONFINED SPACE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance
with OSHA requirements.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 29***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
95 Perry Street, Suite 300
Buffalo, New York 14203
p: 716.206.5100
f: 716.206.5199
w: www.watts-ae.com
architecture |engineering|environmental
Excellence in all we do.
April 12, 2018
Mr. Dale Houseknecht
Asbestos Project Coordinator
Project Services Group
Cornell University
119A Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853
RE: Alice H Cook House – Facility Code 3031
Work Order – 10737529
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Dear Mr. Houseknecht:
Watts Architecture & Engineering (Watts) was retained by Cornell University Facilities Management to perform
targeted testing for asbestos-containing materials (ACM) that may be disturbed by renovations to duct work
associated with ventilation hoods over cooktops in the Alice Cook House, located at 709 University Avenue
on the campus of Cornell University in Ithaca, New York. This testing was limited to the Alice Cook Dining
Hall and attic mechanical room. The purpose of the testing was to identify ACM that may be disturbed as
part of the West Campus Dorm Exhaust Project.
This letter report contains the results of the analytical testing of bulk samples collected by Watts and previous
testing that had been performed within this building. The field work by Watts was conducted on April 9, 2018
and included the following:
Review of prior ACM testing data for the Alice Cook House conducted by Environmental Compliance
Management Corporation (ECMC) and Delta Engineers (Delta).
A visual site inspection to identify suspect ACM located within the proposed project limits.
Collection and laboratory analysis for asbestos content of samples from targeted identified suspect
materials.
Documentation of sample locations on a chain-of-custody form and a sample location drawing.
SUSPECT ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS
The inspection included the collection of eight (8) bulk samples representing four (4) homogeneous materials
identified as suspect ACM within project limits that had not previously been evaluated. ACM is defined as any
material containing more than one percent (1%) of asbestos. No ACM was identified that will be impacted by
the proposed work for this project.
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Alice Cook House – Facility Code 3031
Work Order – 1037529
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 2 of 6
NON-ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS (NON-ACM)
The following materials that may be disturbed by the project have been sampled as part of this survey, and
have been determined to be non-ACM:
Gray caulk sealant - Around interior edges of ventilation hood
Gypsum sheetrock - Ceiling in servery/kitchen
Joint compound - Gypsum ceiling in servery/kitchen
White fibrous insulation - Beneath foil backing on grease ducts
The following suspect materials were sampled prior to Watts’ site visit by ECMC and Delta and determined to
be non-ACM:
2’x2’ ceiling tile
Foil backing on fiberglass insulation- Attic exhaust motor
“Pyroslat” foil backing- Attic ducts
Red firestop
Drywall - walls
Joint compound - walls
Dark gray duct sealant
Light gray duct sealant
This section includes information on all suspect ACM sampled by Watts’ personnel including the following: the
homogeneous materials identified, their corresponding sample numbers, analytical results and whether or not
they are ACM.
Results (% Asbestos)Material
Description Sample Location Type Sample
Number PLM TEM
ACM
Y/N
Gray Sealant on
Interior Edges of
Ventilation Hood
First Floor Kitchen-
Inside Ventilation
Hood Above Stove
M
1801410 – 01
1801410 – 02
ND
ND
ND
ND
N
Gypsum Sheetrock
(Ceiling)
Kitchen Area-
Ceiling by Pizza
Oven
Kitchen Area-
Ceiling
M
1801410 – 03
1801410 – 04
ND
ND
NA
NA
N
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Alice Cook House – Facility Code 3031
Work Order – 1037529
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 3 of 6
Material
Description Sample Location Type Sample
Number
Results (% Asbestos)ACM
Y/NPLMTEM
Joint Compound
(Ceiling)
Kitchen Area-
Ceiling by Pizza
Oven
Kitchen Area-
Ceiling
M
1801410 – 05
1801410 – 06
ND
ND
NA
NA
N
White Fibrous
Insulation Beneath
Foil Backing on
Grease Duct
Attic Mechanical
Room on Sheet
Metal Grease Duct
M
1801410 – 07
1801410 – 08
ND
ND
NA
NA
N
ND = None Detected Y = Yes M = Miscellaneous
NA = Not Analyzed N = No
NA/PS = Not Analyzed/Positive Stop
Non-ACM = Final residue <1% of original sample
Bulk samples were delivered with the chain-of-custody form to EMSL Analytical in Depew, New York. EMSL is
a New York State accredited laboratory that is a participant in the Environmental Laboratory Approval
Program (ELAP) and National Voluntary Laboratory Approval Program (NVLAP). Friable materials were
analyzed using Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) using Method 198.1. Non-friable organically bound (NOB)
materials underwent gravimetric reduction prior to being analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM)
Method 198.6. If NOB samples were negative by PLM, they were further analyzed by Transmission Electron
Microscopy (TEM) Method 198.4.
OBSERVATIONS
All materials anticipated to be disturbed by the renovations to the grease ducts in the Alice Cook Housel
have been determined to be non-ACM.
There was no spray-on fireproofing above the suspended ceiling in kitchen/dining hall or in the attic
mechanical room.
The grease ducts in the attic mechanical room had the same white fiborous insulation as the ducts above
the suspended ceiling in the kitchen/dining hall. Analysis of the samples indicated that the white fiborous
insulation is non-ACM (fiberglass). The ducts are constructed of sheet metal and there was no evidence
of pin mastic used to seccure the insulation to the ducts.
There were no suspect materials observed assosiated with the dishwasher ductwork in the kitchen.
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Alice Cook House – Facility Code 3031
Work Order – 1037529
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 4 of 6
Photo #1: View of the kitchen and serving area. The ceiling drywall and joint compound in this area were
sampled and were determined to be non-ACM.
Photo #2: Gray sealant in the ventilation hood above the cook surface was sampled and was determined to
be non-ACM (arrow).
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Alice Cook House – Facility Code 3031
Work Order – 1037529
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 5 of 6
Photo #3: View of the dishwasher duct work in the kitchen. No suspect ACM was observed on the ducts.
Photo #4: View of the foil jacket on non-ACM white fibrous insulation on a grease duct in the attic
mechanical room.
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Alice Cook House – Facility Code 3031
Work Order – 1037529
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 6 of 6
Photo #5: View of an access door to a grease duct in the attic mechanical room. No pin mastic was observed
on these ducts. No sealant or caulk was observed around the access doors.
The sample location drawing, laboratory report, chain-of-custody form, laboratory accreditations and Watts’
license and certifications are attached. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please
contact me at (716) 206-5142.
Sincerely,
WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING
Edward Jones
Environmental Consultant
1
A2 43 5 6 7 8
BCD9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
EFGHINNMLJIHGFEDCBADescription:Rev. No.: Date:
Drawing No.:Drawn by:MLKJKTetra Tech Engineers, Architects
& Landscape Architects, P.C.
Alice Cook House
Enlarged Plans and Details
RHM
M101
1 Partial First Floor Plan
1/8" = 1'-0"
2 Attic Plan
1/8" = 1'-0"
TO PREVENT DAMAGE
TO INSULATION,
PROVIDE THREE 1/2"
BAND STRAPS AT EACH
ACCESS DOOR TO
ALLOW REPEATED
INSULATION REMOVAL.
PROVIDE WORM
GEARS SPOT
WELDED TO
BANDING FOR
STRAP REMOVAL
REMOVE EXISTING FIRE WRAP
INSULATION AND PINS SPOT
WELDED TO ACCESS DOORS.
PROVIDE NEW FIRE WRAP
INSULATION AS SPECIFIED BY
MANUFACTURER TO MAINTAIN
FIRE RATING. INSULATION
HELD IN PLACE BY REUSABLE
BAND CLAMPS.
TEE WITH FULL SIZE
CLEAN OUT. TYP 2
STREET ELBOW
UNION
DRAIN RESERVOIR
CONNECTION.
'5$,1 75$3
ASSEMBLY.
2"
NOTES:
2"
CASING
(-)
1. DRAIN PAN AT NEGATIVE STATIC PRESSURE
VALVE
3/4" HOSE THREAD CONNECTION
WITH BRASS CAP.
5 Access Door Straps Detail 3 Grease Duct Drain Detail
6 Condensate Trap Detail
Project No.:
Date:
3/23/18
08249-15002
Key Plan
NTS
Remediation Work at: Alice Cook, Carl
Becker, William Keeton, Flora Rose and
Hans Bethe Houses
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York
EXTERNAL
FIRE WRAP
INSULATION
ACCESS DOOR
UNDER INSULATION
GREASE EXHAUST DUCT,
REFER TO CONTRACT
DWGS FOR SIZES AND
ARRANGEMENT
4 Bottom of Dishwasher Duct Drain Detail
2 TIMES
INDIRECT
WASTE ID
7 Indirect Waste Air Gap Detail
EXG FLOOR DRAIN
OR FLOOR SINK
ANCHOR TO FLOOR
EXG FLOOR
PIPE STAND OFF W/ SPLIT
RING PIPE CLAMPS
INDIRECT WASTE
CLEAN ALL GREASE DUCT PER SPECIFICATIONS.
PROVIDE DUCT MOUNTED ACCESS DOOR.
PROVIDE GREASE DUCT COLLECTION AT GREASE DUCT ACCESS
DOOR LOCATION PER DETAIL 1/M401 (FIELD VERIFY ACCESS DOOR LOCATION).
INSPECT EXISTING SS DISHWASHER DUCTWORK FOR LEAKS
AND MAKE REPAIRS NECESSARY TO PRODUCE A WATER TIGHT
EXHAUST SYSTEM.
1
2
3
4
1.FOR GENERAL NOTES, SEE M100.
GENERAL NOTES:
KEYED NOTES:
PROVIDE 3/4" DRAIN
WITH BALL VALVE AND
CAPPED HOSE THREAD
CONNECTION.
PROPERLY CLEAN
EXISTING GREASE
DUCT TO ALLOW
FOR WELDING OF
GREASE
COLLECTION
RESERVOIR TO
THE BOTTOM OF
DUCT WHERE
INDICATED
FULL WIDTH OF DUCT x 12"
LONG X 1-1/2" MIN DEEP
GREASE COLLECTION
RESERVOIR. SLOPE TO
ACCESSIBLE SIDE OF DUCT
WITH A LOW POINT DRAIN.1-1/2" MINFULLY WELD GREASE
COLLECTION RESERVOIR
TO BOTTOM OF GREASE
DUCT. FIRE WRAP DUCT
AND GREASE COLLECTION
RESERVOIR
EXTERNAL FIRE
WRAP INSULATION
GREASE EXHAUST DUCT,
REFER TO CONTRACT
DWGS FOR SIZES AND
ARRANGEMENT
IS WATERTIGHT
VERIFY EXHAUST DUCTWORK
PIPE TO MOP SINK LOCATED
IN JANITORS CLOSET
PROVIDE 12" WIDE X 1-1/2"
MIN DEEP CONDENSATE
COLLECTION RESERVOIR
AND LOW POINT DRAIN ON
WELDED STAINLESS
STEEL DISHWASHER
DUCTWORK DRAIN VALVE
ON BOTTOM OF DUCT
1 1/4"
12"
(TYP)
CONDENSATE
TRAP (TYP). SEE
DETAIL 6/M401
EXTERNAL INSULATION
EXHAUST DUCT, REFER TO CONTRACT
DWGS FOR SIZES AND ARRANGEMENTS
Analyzed
Date Asbestos Fibrous Non-FibrousTestColor
Non Asbestos
Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material
EMSL Analytical, Inc.
490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043
Phone/Fax:(716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394
http://www.EMSL.com buffalolab@emsl.com
141801541
CustomerID:WATT50
CustomerPO:
ProjectID:
EMSL Order:
Attn:Edward Jones
Watts Architecture & Engineering
95 Perry Street
Suite 300
Buffalo, NY 14203
Received: 04/10/18 8:00 AM
1801410 / Alice Cook House Dining Exhaust Renovations Facility ID 3031: Alice Cook House, Cornell University, 709 University Ave.,
Fax:(716) 206-5199
Phone:(716) 206-5100
Project:
4/11/2018Analysis Date:
4/9/2018Collected:
1801410-01
141801541-0001
Description Gray Sealant Edges of Ventilation Hood
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
4/10/2018
4/11/2018
Not Analyzed
Inconclusive: None Detected
None Detected
Silver/Yellow
Silver/Yellow
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
1801410-02
141801541-0002
Description Gray Sealant Edges of Ventilation Hood
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
4/10/2018
4/11/2018
Not Analyzed
Inconclusive: None Detected
None Detected
Silver/Yellow
Silver/Yellow
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
1801410-03
141801541-0003
Description Gypsum Sheetrock Ceiling
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
White
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
Paper and gypsum layers included in analysis.
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Cellulose10.00%Non-fibrous (other)90.00%
1801410-04
141801541-0004
Description Gypsum Sheetrock Ceiling
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
Brown/Gray
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Cellulose10.00%Non-fibrous (other)90.00%
1801410-05
141801541-0005
Description Joint Compound on Sheetrock Ceiling
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
White
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Non-fibrous (other)100.00%
Page 1Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 4/11/2018 6:44:57 AM
Initial Report From 04/11/2018 06:44:57
Asbestos Fibrous Non-FibrousTestColor
Non Asbestos
Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material
EMSL Analytical, Inc.
490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043
Phone/Fax:(716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394
http://www.EMSL.com buffalolab@emsl.com
141801541
CustomerID:WATT50
CustomerPO:
ProjectID:
EMSL Order:
1801410-06
141801541-0006
Description Joint Compound on Sheetrock Ceiling
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
White
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Non-fibrous (other)100.00%
1801410-07
141801541-0007
Description White Fibrous Insulation Beneath Foil Backing and on Grease Duct
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
White
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Glass99.00%Non-fibrous (other)1.00%
1801410-08
141801541-0008
Description White Fibrous Insulation Beneath Foil Backing and on Grease Duct
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
White
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Glass99.00%Non-fibrous (other)1.00%
-In New York State, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if NOB materials can be considered or treated as non-asbestos containing.
All samples examined for the presence of vermiculite when analyzed via NYS 198.1.
-NYS Guidelines for Vermiculite containing samples are available at http://www.wadsworth.org/labcert/elapcert/forms/VermiculiteInterimGuidance_Rev070913.pdf
EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by
EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. Samples
were received in good condition unless otherwise noted.
This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the federal government. This report may contain
data that is not covered by the NVLAP accreditation.
Rhonda McGee, Laboratory Manager
or other approved signatory
Analyst(s)
NOB = Non Friable Organically Bound N/A = Not Applicable VCM = Vermiculite Containing Material
Michelle Skillman
Tom Hanes
Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Depew, NY NYS ELAP 11606
Page 2THIS IS THE LAST PAGE OF THE REPORT.Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 4/11/2018 6:44:57 AM
Initial Report From 04/11/2018 06:44:57
OrderID: 141801541
Page 1 Of 2
120 E. Washington St., Suite 414
Syracuse, NY 13202
95 Perry Street, Suite 300
Buffalo, NY 14203
44 W 28th Street, 5th Floor
New York, NY 10001
WATTS Architecture & Engineering
Excellence in all we do.
120 E. Washington St., Suite 414
Syracuse, NY 13202
95 Perry Street, Suite 300
Buffalo, NY 14203
44 W 28th Street, 5th Floor
New York, NY 10001
WATTS Architecture & Engineering
Excellence in all we do.
Edward Jones
C – Air Sampling Technician
D – Inspector
H – Project Monitor
I – Project Designer
120 E. Washington St., Suite 414
Syracuse, NY 13202
95 Perry Street, Suite 300
Buffalo, NY 14203
44 W 28th Street, 5th Floor
New York, NY 10001
WATTS Architecture & Engineering
Excellence in all we do.
William Coyle
C – Air Sampling Technician
95 Perry Street, Suite 300
Buffalo, New York 14203
p: 716.206.5100
f: 716.206.5199
w: www.watts-ae.com
architecture |engineering|environmental
Excellence in all we do.
April 12, 2018
Mr. Dale Houseknecht
Asbestos Project Coordinator
Project Services Group
Cornell University
119A Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853
RE: Flora Rose House – Facility Code 3035
Work Order – 10737541
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Dear Mr. Houseknecht:
Watts Architecture & Engineering (Watts) was retained by Cornell University Facilities Management to perform
targeted testing for asbestos-containing materials (ACM) that may be disturbed by renovations to grease duct
work, associated with ventilation hoods over cooktops in the Flora Rose House, located at 134 Gothics Way
on the campus of Cornell University in Ithaca, New York. This testing was limited to the Flora Rose Dining
Hall and attic mechanical room. The purpose of the testing was to identify ACM that may be disturbed as
part of the West Campus Dorm Exhaust Project.
This letter report contains the results of the analytical testing of bulk samples collected by Watts and previous
testing that had been performed within this building. The field work by Watts was conducted on April 9, 2018
and included the following:
Review of prior ACM testing data for the Flora Rose House conducted by Environmental Compliance
Management Corporation (ECMC) and Delta Engineers (Delta).
A visual site inspection to identify suspect ACM located within the proposed project limits.
Collection and laboratory analysis for asbestos content of samples from targeted identified suspect
materials.
Documentation of sample locations on a chain-of-custody form and a sample location drawing.
SUSPECT ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS
The inspection included the collection of ten (10) bulk samples representing five (5) homogeneous materials
identified as suspect ACM within project limits that had not previously been evaluated. ACM is defined as any
material containing more than one percent (1%) of asbestos. No ACM was identified that will be impacted by
the proposed work for this project.
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Flora Rose House – Facility Code 3035
Work Order – 10737541
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 2 of 7
NON-ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS (NON-ACM)
The following materials that may be disturbed by the project have been sampled as part of this survey, and
have been determined to be non-ACM:
Gray caulk sealant - Around interior edges of ventilation hood
Gypsum sheetrock - Ceiling in servery/kitchen
Joint compound - Gypsum ceiling in servery/kitchen
White fibrous insulation - Beneath foil backing on grease ducts
Paper and foil backing on white fibrous insulation- On grease ducts
The following suspect materials were sampled prior to Watts’ site visit by ECMC and Delta and determined to
be non-ACM:
Spray-on fireproofing: Tested by method 198.8 in 2015
2’x2’ Ceiling tile
Red firestop
Drywall- Wall
Joint compound- Wall
Gray duct sealant
This section includes information on all suspect ACM sampled by Watts personnel including the following: the
homogeneous materials identified, their corresponding sample numbers, analytical results and whether or not
they are ACM.
Results (% Asbestos)Material
Description Sample Location Type Sample
Number PLM TEM
ACM
Y/N
Gray Sealant (Edges
of Ventilation Hood)
First Floor Kitchen-
Inside Ventilation
Hood Above Stove
M
1801414 – 01
1801414 – 02
ND
ND
ND
ND
N
Gypsum Sheetrock
(Ceiling)
Kitchen Area-
Ceiling by Fryer
Kitchen Area-
Ceiling by Room
G01C
M
1801414 – 03
1801414 – 04
ND
ND
NA
NA
N
Joint Compound
(Ceiling)
Kitchen Area-
Ceiling by Fryer
Kitchen Area-
Ceiling
M
1801414 – 05
1801414 – 06
ND
ND
NA
NA
N
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Flora Rose House – Facility Code 3035
Work Order – 10737541
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 3 of 7
Material
Description Sample Location Type Sample
Number
Results (% Asbestos)ACM
Y/NPLMTEM
White Fibrous
Insulation on Grease
Duct
Attic Mechanical
Room- Sheet Metal
Grease Duct KEF-3
M
1801414 – 07
1801414 – 08
ND
ND
NA
NA
N
Paper and Foil
Backing on White
Fibrous Insulation on
Grease Duct
Attic Mechanical
Room- Sheet Metal
Grease Duct KEF-3
M
1801414 – 09
1801414 – 10
ND
ND
NA
NA
N
ND = None Detected Y = Yes M = Miscellaneous
NA = Not Analyzed N = No
NA/PS = Not Analyzed/Positive Stop
Non-ACM = Final residue <1% of original sample
Bulk samples were delivered with the chain-of-custody form to EMSL Analytical in Depew, New York. EMSL is
a New York State accredited laboratory that is a participant in the Environmental Laboratory Approval
Program (ELAP) and National Voluntary Laboratory Approval Program (NVLAP). Friable materials were
analyzed using Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) using Method 198.1. Non-friable organically bound (NOB)
materials underwent gravimetric reduction prior to being analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM)
Method 198.6. If NOB samples were negative by PLM, they were further analyzed by Transmission Electron
Microscopy (TEM) Method 198.4.
OBSERVATIONS
All materials anticipated to be disturbed by the renovations to the grease ducts in the Flora Rose House
have been determined to be non-ACM.
There was spray-on fireproofing present in the attic mechanical room. The fireproofing had been tested
by Delta Engineers in 2015 utilizing the NYSDOH ELAP method 198.8 and it was determined to be Non-
ACM (Cornell Work Order No. 7940858).
The grease ducts in the attic mechanical room had the same non-ACM white fiborous insulation as the
ducts above the suspended ceiling in the kitchen/dining hall. Analysis of the samples indicated that the
white fiborous insulation is non-ACM (fiberglass). The ducts are constructed of sheet metal and there
was no evidence of pin mastic used to seccure the insulation to the ducts. A red firestop was sampled
where the grease duct meets the exhaust fan unit.
There were no suspect materials observed associated with the dishwasher ductwork in the kitchen.
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Flora Rose House – Facility Code 3035
Work Order – 10737541
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 4 of 7
Photo #1: View of the kitchen and serving area. The ceiling drywall and joint compound in this area were
sampled were determined to be non-ACM.
Photo #2: Gray sealant on the ventilation hood above the cooking surface was sampled and was determined
to be non-ACM (arrow).
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Flora Rose House – Facility Code 3035
Work Order – 10737541
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 5 of 7
Photo #3: View of the dishwasher duct work in the kitchen. No suspect ACM was observed on the ducts.
Photo #4: View of the spray-on fireproofing in the attic mechanical room. The spray-on fireproofing was
previously tested and was determined to contain vermiculite but was non-ACM.
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Flora Rose House – Facility Code 3035
Work Order – 10737541
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 6 of 7
Photo #5: View of the foil jacket on non-ACM white fibrous insulation on a grease duct in the attic
mechanical room.
Photo #6: View of non-ACM red firestop flange sealant at the intersection of the grease duct and the exhaust
fan unit in the attic mechanical room.
Mr. Dale Houseknecht – Asbestos Project Coordinator
Flora Rose House – Facility Code 3035
Work Order – 10737541
Targeted Asbestos Testing Report
Page 7 of 7
The sample location drawing, laboratory report, chain-of-custody form, laboratory accreditations and Watts’
license and certifications are attached. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please
contact me at (716) 206-5142.
Sincerely,
WATTS ARCHITECTURE & ENGINEERING
Edward Jones
Environmental Consultant
53
53
5
5
1
11
11
1
7
7
7
EXG KEF-1
EXG KEF-2
EXG KEF-3
EXG KEF-4
EXG 30x10 EA
EXG 20x10 EA
EXG
24x10 EA
EXG 24x10 EA
POC
1/2" CW CONN TO
NEAREST HB IN
ATTIC (VIF)
TRAP PRIMER,
SEE 10/M401
GREASE
INTERCEPTOR
ON FLOOR
EXG 4" SOIL STACK
VENT, SEE 10/M401MAI
L
MAI
L
MAILG0001
G0061
G0043
G27
G0049
G21
G11
G22
G09
G01C
G0042
G02B
G01B
G01A
G0064
G0060G13
G13AG0021
G0020
G0062
G01
G0063
G01D
EXG 12X12 EA
EXG 12x12 EA
EXG 20x10 EA
EXG 20x10 EA
EXG 20x10 EA UP
EXG 30x10 EA UP
EXG 12x9 EA UP
EXG 24x10 EA UP
EXG 30x10 EA UP
EXG 24x10 EA
EXG 30x10 EA
EXG 30x10 EA
EXG 12x9 EA
EXG 8x6 EA
EXG 30x10 EA
EXG ACCESSDOOR (TYP)
INSTALL LOW POINT DRAINS ON EADUCTWORK AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 2/M401.PIPE 1-1/4" CD TO EXG FLOOR SINKLOCATED UNDER THREE COMPARTMENT
SINK IN ROOM G-01C (VIF)
REMOVE ALL EXGDUCT INSULATION
AND INSULATEDISHWASHER EA
DUCT PERSPECIFICATIONS.
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1-1/4" CD
1-1/4" CD 6" AFF
56
IW AT EXG FLOORSINK. SEE 9/M401
PROVIDE 24" x 24" FIRE RATED ACCESS
DOOR IN CHASE WALL TO SERVICECONDENSATE TRAP
1
A2 43 5 6 7 8
BCD9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
EFGHINNMLJIHGFEDCBADescription:Rev. No.: Date:
Drawing No.:Drawn by:MLKJKTetra Tech Engineers, Architects
& Landscape Architects, P.C.
Flora Rose House
Enlarged Plans and Details
RHM
M401
1 Partial Ground Floor Plan
1/8" = 1'-0"
2 Attic Plan
1/16" = 1'-0"
Project No.:
Date:
3/23/18
08249-15002
Key Plan
NTS
Remediation Work at: Alice Cook, Carl
Becker, William Keeton, Flora Rose and
Hans Bethe Houses
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York NTO PREVENT DAMAGE
TO INSULATION,
PROVIDE THREE 1/2"
BAND STRAPS AT EACH
ACCESS DOOR TO
ALLOW REPEATED
INSULATION REMOVAL.
PROVIDE WORM
GEARS SPOT
WELDED TO
BANDING FOR
STRAP REMOVAL
REMOVE EXISTING FIRE WRAP
INSULATION AND PINS SPOT
WELDED TO ACCESS DOORS.
PROVIDE NEW FIRE WRAP
INSULATION AS SPECIFIED BY
MANUFACTURER TO MAINTAIN
FIRE RATING. INSULATION
HELD IN PLACE BY REUSABLE
BAND CLAMPS.
PROVIDE 3/4" DRAIN
WITH BALL VALVE AND
CAPPED HOSE THREAD
CONNECTION.
PROPERLY CLEAN
EXISTING GREASE
DUCT TO ALLOW
FOR WELDING OF
GREASE
COLLECTION
RESERVOIR TO
THE BOTTOM OF
DUCT WHERE
INDICATED
FULL WIDTH OF DUCT x 12"
LONG X 1-1/2" MIN DEEP
GREASE COLLECTION
RESERVOIR. SLOPE TO
ACCESSIBLE SIDE OF DUCT
WITH A LOW POINT DRAIN.1-1/2" MINFULLY WELD GREASE
COLLECTION RESERVOIR
TO BOTTOM OF GREASE
DUCT. FIRE WRAP DUCT
AND GREASE COLLECTION
RESERVOIR
DOOR BOTH SIDES
OPENING IN
FIRE RATED
WALL
REQUIRING OUT
OF WALL FIRE
DAMPER.
FIRE
RATED
WALL
DUCT SIZE
DUCTWORK, REFER
TO DRAWINGS FOR
14 GAUGE MINIMUM
TO WALL 6" OC ALL 4 SIDES.
RETAINING "ZEE", SECURE
EXTEND FIRE RATED INSULATION PAST
PLANE OF DAMPER. INSULATION TO BE
3M CS-195+ COMPOSITE OR EQUAL.
PROVIDE ACCESS
AWAY JOINT ALL
LISTED BREAK-
SIDES (TYP.)
7 Out of Wall Fire Damper
NOT TO SCALE
TO SPEC. SECTION 23 3300.
EQUAL TO DUCT SIZE SHOWN. REFER
TYPE "C" FIRE DAMPER WITH FREE AREA
TEE WITH FULL SIZE
CLEAN OUT. TYP 2
STREET ELBOW
UNION
DRAIN RESERVOIR
CONNECTION.
'5$,1 75$3
ASSEMBLY.
2"
NOTES:
2"
CASING
(-)
1. DRAIN PAN AT NEGATIVE STATIC PRESSURE
VALVE
3/4" HOSE THREAD CONNECTION
WITH BRASS CAP.
IS WATERTIGHT
VERIFY EXHAUST DUCTWORK
PIPE TO MOP SINK LOCATED
IN JANITORS CLOSET
PROVIDE 12" WIDE X 1-1/2"
MIN DEEP CONDENSATE
COLLECTION RESERVOIR
AND LOW POINT DRAIN ON
WELDED STAINLESS
STEEL DISHWASHER
DUCTWORK DRAIN VALVE
ON BOTTOM OF DUCT
1 1/4"
12"
(TYP)
CONDENSATE
TRAP (TYP). SEE
DETAIL 6/M401
5 Access Door Straps Detail
NOT TO SCALE
3 Grease Duct Drain Detail
NOT TO SCALE
6 Condensate Trap Detail
NOT TO SCALE
EXTERNAL
FIRE WRAP
INSULATION
ACCESS DOOR
UNDER INSULATION
GREASE EXHAUST DUCT,
REFER TO CONTRACT
DWGS FOR SIZES AND
ARRANGEMENT
EXTERNAL FIRE
WRAP INSULATION
GREASE EXHAUST DUCT,
REFER TO CONTRACT
DWGS FOR SIZES AND
ARRANGEMENT
4 Bottom of Dishwasher Duct Drain Detail
NOT TO SCALE
EXTERNAL INSULATION
EXHAUST DUCT, REFER TO CONTRACT
DWGS FOR SIZES AND ARRANGEMENTS
2 TIMES
INDIRECT
WASTE ID
9 Indirect Waste Air Gap Detail
NOT TO SCALE 221316-04aEXG FLOOR DRAIN
OR FLOOR SINK
ANCHOR TO FLOOR
EXG FLOOR
PIPE STAND OFF W/ SPLIT
RING PIPE CLAMPS
INDIRECT WASTE
CLEAN ALL GREASE DUCT FROM EQUIPMENT TO EXHAUST FAN
IN ATTIC SPACE.
APPLY 2-HOUR RATED FIRE STOPPING TO FILL GAPS BETWEEN
DUCTWORK AND PENETRATION AT FLOOR LEVEL.
PROVIDE GREASE DUCT COLLECTION AT GREASE DUCT ACCESSDOOR LOCATION PER DETAIL 3/M401 (FIELD VERIFYACCESS DOOR LOCATION).
INSPECT EXISTING SS DISHWASHER DUCTWORK FOR LEAKS
AND MAKE REPAIRS NECESSARY TO PRODUCE A WATER TIGHT
EXHAUST SYSTEM.
PROVIDE DUCT MOUNTED ACCESS DOOR.
PROVIDE SS FIRE DAMPER IN WALL REFER TO DETAIL 8/M401.
CLEAN GREASE DUCT AND FAN.
RATING & TYPE
ACCESS DOOR
SS FIRE DAMPER
SPEC. SECTION
LINTELS
WALL SLEEVE
DUCT SIZE
DUCTWORK, REFER
TO DRAWINGS FOR
6" MAX.
ALL SIDES
RETAINING ANGLE
SLEEVE
SECURED TO WALL
SIDES (TYP.)
PLAIN S-SLIP
JOINT ALL
PROVIDE LINTELS
PER LINTEL SCHEDULE
REFER TO
23 33 00 FOR
MASONRY WALL
8 Vertical Fire Damper Detail
Not to Scale
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1.FOR GENERAL NOTES, SEE M400.
GENERAL NOTES:
KEYED NOTES:
EXG 4" SOIL
DEEP SEAL TRAP
BEVEL END
AIR BREAK INTO
TAPPED
CW MAIN
TRAP
PRIMER
2" DEEP SEAL
'P' TRAP
STACK VENT
SEE PLANS
10 NOT TO SCALE 221316-06aATTIC FLOOR
DRAIN FROM GREASE
1 1/2" DISHWASHER FAN
INTERCEPTORPOC
Analyzed
Date Asbestos Fibrous Non-FibrousTestColor
Non Asbestos
Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material
EMSL Analytical, Inc.
490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043
Phone/Fax:(716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394
http://www.EMSL.com buffalolab@emsl.com
141801545
CustomerID:WATT50
CustomerPO:
ProjectID:
EMSL Order:
Attn:Edward Jones
Watts Architecture & Engineering
95 Perry Street
Suite 300
Buffalo, NY 14203
Received: 04/10/18 8:00 AM
1801414 / Flora Rose Dining Exhaust Renovations Facility ID 3035: Flora Rose House, Cornell University, 134 Gothics Way, Ithaca, NY
Fax:(716) 206-5199
Phone:(716) 206-5100
Project:
4/11/2018Analysis Date:
4/9/2018Collected:
1801414-01
141801545-0001
Description Gray Sealant Edges of Ventilation Hood
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
4/10/2018
4/11/2018
Not Analyzed
Inconclusive: None Detected
None Detected
Silver/Yellow
Silver/Yellow
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
1801414-02
141801545-0002
Description Gray Sealant Edges of Ventilation Hood
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
4/10/2018
4/11/2018
Not Analyzed
Inconclusive: None Detected
None Detected
Silver/Yellow
Silver/Yellow
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
1801414-03
141801545-0003
Description Gypsum Sheetrock Ceiling
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
Brown/Gray
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
Paper and gypsum layers included in analysis.
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Cellulose10.00%Non-fibrous (other)90.00%
1801414-04
141801545-0004
Description Gypsum Sheetrock Ceiling
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
Brown/Gray
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
Paper and gypsum layers included in analysis.
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Cellulose10.00%Non-fibrous (other)90.00%
1801414-05
141801545-0005
Description Joint Compound on Sheetrock Ceiling
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
White
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Non-fibrous (other)100.00%
Page 1Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 4/11/2018 7:22:12 AM
Initial Report From 04/11/2018 07:22:12
Asbestos Fibrous Non-FibrousTestColor
Non Asbestos
Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material
EMSL Analytical, Inc.
490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043
Phone/Fax:(716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394
http://www.EMSL.com buffalolab@emsl.com
141801545
CustomerID:WATT50
CustomerPO:
ProjectID:
EMSL Order:
1801414-06
141801545-0006
Description Joint Compound on Sheetrock Ceiling
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
White
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Non-fibrous (other)100.00%
1801414-07
141801545-0007
Description White Fibrous Insulation on Grease Duct
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
White
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Glass99.00%Non-fibrous (other)1.00%
1801414-08
141801545-0008
Description White Fibrous Insulation on Grease Duct
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
White
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Glass99.00%Non-fibrous (other)1.00%
1801414-09
141801545-0009
Description Paper and Foil Backing on White Fibrous Insulation on Grease Duct
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
Brown/White/
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Cellulose50.00%
Glass10.00%
Non-fibrous (other)40.00%
1801414-10
141801545-0010
Description Paper and Foil Backing on White Fibrous Insulation on Grease Duct
PLM NYS 198.1 Friable 4/10/2018
PLM NYS 198.6 NOB
TEM NYS 198.4 NOB
None Detected
Not Analyzed
Not Analyzed
Brown/White/
Sample ID
Homogeneity Homogeneous
PLM NYS 198.6 VCM Not Analyzed
Cellulose50.00%
Glass10.00%
Non-fibrous (other)40.00%
Page 2Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 4/11/2018 7:22:12 AM
Initial Report From 04/11/2018 07:22:12
Asbestos Fibrous Non-FibrousTestColor
Non Asbestos
Test Report:Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Material
EMSL Analytical, Inc.
490 Rowley Road, Depew, NY 14043
Phone/Fax:(716) 651-0030 / (716) 651-0394
http://www.EMSL.com buffalolab@emsl.com
141801545
CustomerID:WATT50
CustomerPO:
ProjectID:
EMSL Order:
-In New York State, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if NOB materials can be considered or treated as non-asbestos containing.
All samples examined for the presence of vermiculite when analyzed via NYS 198.1.
-NYS Guidelines for Vermiculite containing samples are available at http://www.wadsworth.org/labcert/elapcert/forms/VermiculiteInterimGuidance_Rev070913.pdf
EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by
EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. Samples
were received in good condition unless otherwise noted.
This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any agency of the federal government. This report may contain
data that is not covered by the NVLAP accreditation.
Rhonda McGee, Laboratory Manager
or other approved signatory
Analyst(s)
NOB = Non Friable Organically Bound N/A = Not Applicable VCM = Vermiculite Containing Material
Michelle Skillman
Tom Hanes
Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Depew, NY NYS ELAP 11606
Page 3THIS IS THE LAST PAGE OF THE REPORT.Test Report 198VCM-7.30.0 Printed: 4/11/2018 7:22:12 AM
Initial Report From 04/11/2018 07:22:12
OrderID: 141801545
Page 1 Of 2
120 E. Washington St., Suite 414
Syracuse, NY 13202
95 Perry Street, Suite 300
Buffalo, NY 14203
44 W 28th Street, 5th Floor
New York, NY 10001
WATTS Architecture & Engineering
Excellence in all we do.
120 E. Washington St., Suite 414
Syracuse, NY 13202
95 Perry Street, Suite 300
Buffalo, NY 14203
44 W 28th Street, 5th Floor
New York, NY 10001
WATTS Architecture & Engineering
Excellence in all we do.
Edward Jones
C – Air Sampling Technician
D – Inspector
H – Project Monitor
I – Project Designer
120 E. Washington St., Suite 414
Syracuse, NY 13202
95 Perry Street, Suite 300
Buffalo, NY 14203
44 W 28th Street, 5th Floor
New York, NY 10001
WATTS Architecture & Engineering
Excellence in all we do.
William Coyle
C – Air Sampling Technician
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE REQUIREMENTS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the
protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply
to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project.
B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and
regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this
contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed
such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood
to reduce or eliminate such requirements.
C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner’s
Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control
B. Section 01 35 45 – Refrigerant Compliance
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittals:
1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil
and granular materials (“borrow”).
2. Contractor’s Waste Material Disposal Plan.
3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier.
4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management.
5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials.
6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site.
1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION
A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory
representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE REQUIREMENTS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
B. If at any time operations under the representative’s supervision do not comply with this
Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested
by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner.
There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval.
C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so
directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not
comply with these specifications.
1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE
A. In accordance with Section 01 14 00, only that portion of the working area that is absolutely
necessary and essential for the work shall be cleared for construction. All clearing should be
approved and performed to provide minimum practical exposure of soils.
B. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and
lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly disturb the ecological or
environmental quality of the area.
C. Topsoil excavated as part of the Project, which can be reused as part of the Project, shall be
stockpiled for future use and temporarily stabilized to prevent erosion.
1.6 NOISE AND VIBRATION
A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of
noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by
construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines
and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment
presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise-muffling devices adequate to meet these
requirements
1.7 DUST CONTROL
A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling,
loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based
materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the
duration of construction.
B. If, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling
dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate
actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor’s expense, employ alternative means to
control dust.
C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical
ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of users of
the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris.
All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable codes, laws,
and regulations including OSHA.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE REQUIREMENTS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.8 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees
shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell
standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations.
Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this
Contract include, but are not limited to:
1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary
sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state
regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations.
2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors,
any wetlands, or any surface waters.
3. Pumping of any silt-laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm
sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters.
4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities.
5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless
such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or
specifically approved by the Owner’s site representative.
6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream.
7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials.
B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage
or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work.
C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning
operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the
levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5)
and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer
authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer.
D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of
pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner’s Representative
and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control Procedures.
1.9 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK
A. Obtain approval from the Owner’s Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of piping
and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing plans to
the Owner’s Representative in writing.
The following shall require approval of the Owner:
1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE REQUIREMENTS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air
emissions.
B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of mechanical
equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing valves,
switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner’s
Representative.
1.10 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS
A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other
party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its
performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or
environmental risks associated therewith.
B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University
Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In
situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S)
for guidance.
C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into
contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor’s performance or
failure to perform hereunder.
D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and
hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance
with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from
EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal.
1.11 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE
A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit “Contractor
Waste Material Disposal Plan” to the Owner’s Representative. The plan shall identify the
waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage
all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. Contractor must use this
form to document waste disposal methods and locations.
B. The “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” form, together with definitions associated
with the form waste descriptions. Forms may be downloaded at:
https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/env/solid-waste/construction-demolition-waste/Pages/default.aspx
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE REQUIREMENTS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of
any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University
owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk
of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at
the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste
Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including
certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or
disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and
regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to
final payment(s) under this Contract.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 43***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SPILL PREVENTION
A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or
hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects:
1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during
the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide protection from
vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil
storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall be employed as
appropriate at each site.
2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a
temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the
inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products.
3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a
manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or
vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in
accordance with all fire and safety codes.
B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is
leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such
materials.
1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES
All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health
and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could
potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted
by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous
substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that are
beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the
Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill, the
following procedures shall be followed:
A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall:
1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area,
inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section
1. 3).
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a
containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials;
and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that
valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area.
3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent
material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the
following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not
compromise worker safety.
a. Stop the spill at once (if possible).
b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.).
c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area.
d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires,
explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread.
e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source.
f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks,
bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill.
g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released
materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible
so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified.
h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the
release, fire, or explosion.
i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the
Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure
buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment.
B. Spill Cleanup:
1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be
initiated.
a. Use proper waste containers.
b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place
material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible
or reactive substances in the same container.
c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with
all applicable state and federal regulations.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been
removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed material
shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and
shall not be mixed with bulk liquid.
e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper
location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill.
f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change
clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product.
g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged
through the Contractor.
h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A sample
Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B.
C. Fire or Explosion:
1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall:
a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g.,
ambulance, police) have been notified.
b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill character,
source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency
personnel.
c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area.
d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other
immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so.
e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions,
or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures
include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing released oil,
or removing and isolating containers.
f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas
generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION
In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate
departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external reporting, if
required.
The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation
procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457-7362,
less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental
Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor
will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must
be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply:
TABLE 1
CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING
CRITERIA DESCRIPTION
Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons.
Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an
impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment.
Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious
surface.
Cleanup The spill must be cleaned-up within two hours of occurrence.
Environment The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or onto
surface water.
A release of a “reportable quantity”1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be
immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or
“harmful quantities”2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response
Center, 1-800-424-8802.
Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to
provide the following information, if possible:
1. The date and time of the spill or release.
2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an
indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance.
3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and the
approximate duration of the event.
4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or
threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill.
5. The source of the release or spill.
6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for,
the facility or activity associated with the release or spill.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution.
8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site.
9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material
and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation.
10. The extent of injuries, if any.
11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency,
and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals.
12. Assistance required, if any.
If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable
quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6
NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following:
1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site.
The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675.
2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The description
should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3)
estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the
release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to prevent and
control future releases.
(1)Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that
triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally
responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner’s
spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you.
(2)Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water
quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline;
or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR
110.3).
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 44***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00
Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REGULATORY 01 41 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE REQUIREMENTS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES
A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the
execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall
include but are not limited to building, electrical, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe,
fill, street use and building demolition.
1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the regularly
scheduled Owner’s meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a
structure, the Contractor is required to complete a “Notification of Demolition and
Renovation” and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall
also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner’s Representative prior to any demolition.
C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and
maintained through the City of Ithaca at no cost to the Contractor.
D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting:
1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a
fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the
Uniform Code of New York State.
2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration
–Level 1; Alteration – Level 2; Alteration – Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the
Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression, fire
detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also required for
this type of work.
3. Work classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not require
a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department.
1.2 INSPECTIONS
A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all
service charges, pavement cuts and repairs.
1.3 COMPLIANCE
A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and
regulations applicable to the Work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00
Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REGULATORY 01 41 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE REQUIREMENTS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall
comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of
equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work
in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of
the Owner.
B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary
of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit
fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If no permit fees were required, the
Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 41 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings.
B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections and
on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision
of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents.
C. Install All Work in Compliance with:
1. NYS Uniform Code
a. International Building Code
b. International Residential Code
c. International Existing Building Code
d. International Fire Code
e. International Plumbing Code
f. International Mechanical Code
g. International Fuel Gas Code
h. International Property Maintenance Code
i. Uniform Code Supplement
2. NYS Energy Code
a. International Energy Conservation Code
b. ASHRAE 90.1
c. Energy Code Supplement
3. National Electric Code
4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101.
6. All local ordinances
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
7. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. “General”: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. “Contract Documents”: The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner
and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications,
addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement,
and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement.
C. “The Contract”: The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent
the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor.
D. “The Work”: The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract
Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials
and equipment incorporated in such construction.
E. “Owner”: Cornell University a New York corporation.
F. “Architect/Engineer”: The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice
architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner
Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in
number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized
representative.
G. “Contractor”: The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction
Agreement contract is made by Owner.
H. “Subcontractor”: A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work
at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor.
I. “As Approved” or “Approved”: Architect’s or Owner’s approval.
J. “As Directed”: Owner’s direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
K. “Indicated”: Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including
"shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as “indicated.”
L. “Regulations”: Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
M. “Furnish”: Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
O. “Reinstall”. To place back into a former position.
P. “Replace”. Provide a substitute for.
Q. “Provide”: Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
R. “Concealed’: Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above
ceilings, either permanent or removable.
S. “Exposed”: All capital Work not identified as concealed.
T. “Project Site”: Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project
site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land
on which Project is to be built.
U. “As-Built Documents”: Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to
record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes
both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the
course of project construction.
V. “Record Drawings”: Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all
services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The
“record” drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as-built drawings
and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor.
W. “Shop Drawings”: Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that
are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for
some portion of the work.
X. “Samples”: Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship,
and to establish standards by which the work will be judged.
Y. “General Conditions”: The standardized contractual provisions describing the
responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction
contract.
Z. “Contract Limit Lines”: A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or
elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the
contractor for construction purposes.
AA. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are
directions given to the Contractor;
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS
A. Cornell University and the Tompkins-Cortland Counties Building Trades Council,
Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are members
of the Tompkins-Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division are as
follows:
Local #241 - International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers
Local #267 - United Association of Plumbers and Steamfitters
Local #281 - United Brotherhood of Carpenters
Local #3NY - International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers
Local #178 - International Union of Painters and Allied Trades
Local #112 - International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers
Local #785 - Laborers International Union of North America
The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows:
All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or construction
of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components thereof. Craft
maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to individuals employed
as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work performed by other
employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign such work; provided,
however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed by other employees
covered by this agreement.
1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are
not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
copies directly from publication source.
D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253
Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-0080
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
Available from Access Board
www.access-board.gov
CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800
Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1800
www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html
FS Federal Specification (215) 697-6257
Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil
Available from Defense Standardization Program
www.dps.dla.mil
Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925
www.gsa.gov
Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800
www.nibs.org
UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253
Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080
www.access-board.gov
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960
www.aluminum.org
AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333
www.aaadm.com
AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202
www.aabchq.com
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664
www.aamanet.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-6
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800
Transportation Officials
www.transportation.org
AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141
www.aatcc.org
ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888
www.airbarrier.org
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155
www.abma-dc.org
ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700
(American Concrete Institute)
www.aci-int.org
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216
www.concrete-pipe.org
AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530
www.aeic.org
AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878
www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700
AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000
www.aga.org
AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118
www.agc.org
AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955
www.aham.org
AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960
www.asphaltinstitute.org
AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837
www.aia.org (202) 626-7300
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400
www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100
www.steel.org
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559
www.aitc-glulam.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-7
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America
(Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network)
ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700
www.alsc.org
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150
www.amca.org
ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020
www.ansi.org
AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437
www.aosaseed.com
APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600
www.apawood.org
APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989
www.archprecast.org
API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000
www.api.org
ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800
www.ari.org
ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917
www.asphaltroofing.org
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723
www.asce.org (703) 295-6300
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723
Air-Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400
www.ashrae.org
ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763
(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170
www.asme.org
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040
www.asse-plumbing.org
ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585
(American Society for Testing and Materials International)
www.astm.org
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811
www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-8
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800
www.awpa.com
AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353
www.aws.org (305) 443-9353
AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337
www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122
www.buildershardware.com
BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010
www.bia.org
BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405
www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991
BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772
www.bissc.org
CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312
www.carpetcushion.org
CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282
www.copper.org (212) 251-7200
CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700
www.cganet.com
CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462
www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462
CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919
www.cisca.org
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137
www.cispi.org
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583
www.chainlinkinfo.org
CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604
www.pbmdf.com
CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772
www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607
CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846
www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-9
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200
www.crsi.org
CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011
www.caststone.org
CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900
www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300
CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700
www.cedarbureau.org
CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087
www.cti.org
DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010
www.dhi.org
EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500
www.eia.org
EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462
www.eima.com (770) 968-7945
EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000
www.ejdc.org
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040
www.ejma.org
ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937
www.esda.org
FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000
www.fmglobal.com
FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850
www.fluidsealing.com
FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0
www.fsc.org
GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440
www.gypsum.org
GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208
www.glasswebsite.com
GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400
www.greenseal.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-10
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440
www.geosynthetic-institute.org
HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744
www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700
HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200
www.gamanet.org
HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900
www.hpva.org
HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550
www.hpwhite.com
IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369
www.icea.net
ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830
www.icri.org
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11
www.iec.ch
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900
www.ieee.org
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000
www.iesna.org
IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561
www.iest.org
IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234
www.igcc.org
IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510
www.igmaonline.org
ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426
www.iliai.com
ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11
www.iso.ch
Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020
www.ansi.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-11
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732
www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150
ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851
www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500
ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11
www.itu.int/home
KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690
www.kcma.org
LMA Laminating Materials Association
(Now part of CPA)
LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864
www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333
www.mbma.com
MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138
www.maplefloor.org
MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610
www.metalframingmfg.org
MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815
www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190
MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222
www.marble-institute.com
MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937
www.paintinfo.com
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613
Fittings Industry Inc.
www.mss-hq.com
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405
www.naamm.org
NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200
www.nace.org
NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926
www.nadca.com
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-12
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084
www.naima.org
NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848
www.nbgqa.com
NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222
www.ncaa.org
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900
www.ncma.org
NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094
www.ncpi.org
NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550
www.ncta.com
NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698
www.nebb.org
NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110
www.necanet.org
NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901
www.nelma.org
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200
www.nema.org
NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382
www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441
NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900
www.nfhs.org
NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555
(National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000
www.nfpa.org
NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776
www.nfrc.org
NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642
www.glass.org (703) 442-4890
NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318
www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-13
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393
www.nlga.org
NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016
www.nofma.org
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545
www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070
NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622
www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400
NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275
(National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010
www.nsf.org
NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415
www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788
NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736
www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930
NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700
www.nybfu.org
PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300
www.pci.org
PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322
www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322
PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956
www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720
PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929
http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu
PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522
www.landcarenetwork.org
PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540
www.post-tensioning.org
RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400
www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400
RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580
www.rfci.com
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-14
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339
www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662
SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323
www.sae.org (724) 776-4841
SBI Steel Boiler Institute
SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647
www.sdi.org
SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010
www.steeldoor.org
SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424
www.sefalabs.com
SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234
www.sgcc.org
SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075
www.siaonline.org
SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995
www.steeljoist.org
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991
www.smacentral.org
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980
National Association
www.smacna.org
SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100
www.smpte.org
SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154
www.sprayfoam.org
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611
www.spib.org
SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026
www.spri.org
SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355
www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-15
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772
www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331
STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265
www.steeltank.com
SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333
www.steelwindows.com
SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974
www.swrionline.org
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453
www.tileusa.com
TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700
Industries Alliance
www.tiaonline.org
TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700
www.masonrysociety.org
TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010
www.tpinst.org
TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555
www.turfgrasssod.org
TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177
www.tileroofing.org
UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962
www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577
www.ul.com (847) 272-8800
UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902
www.uni-bell.org
USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422
www.usgbc.org
WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869
www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700
WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636
www.windowcoverings.org
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-16
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301
www.wdma.com
WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943
www.wicnet.org
WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889
www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591
WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333
www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441
WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930
www.wwpa.org
B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be
accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100
www.iapmo.org
ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233
www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533
ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587
www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543
NEC National Electric Code
C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
CE Army Corps of Engineers
www.usace.army.mil
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772
www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923
DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000
www.commerce.gov
DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257
http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-17
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220
www.energy.gov
EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167
www.epa.gov
FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322
www.faa.gov
FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322
www.fcc.gov
FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332
www.fda.gov
GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111
www.gsa.gov
HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112
www.hud.gov
LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000
www.lbl.gov
NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program
(See TRB)
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478
www.nist.gov
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742
www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999
PBS Public Building Service
(See GSA)
PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694
www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs
RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540
(See USDA)
SD State Department (202) 647-4000
www.state.gov
TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934
www.nas.edu/trb
USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791
www.usda.gov
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST REFERENCES 01 42 00-18
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000
www.usps.com
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 42 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00
Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC)
program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of
Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and
tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities,
instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function.
Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction
sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program.
1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION
A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection:
1. Pre-Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre-installations are defined, the
Contractor shall arrange for a pre-installation meeting. When practical, pre-installation
meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule progress
meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved
submittals and products.
a. Agenda to include the following:
i. Appointment
ii. Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project.
iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as
required.
iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements.
v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements.
vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work.
vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners
consideration.
viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds,
utilities, fences, Section 01500.
ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour
notice to Architect for review of the Work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00
Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and
undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410.
xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment.
xii. Special safety requirements and procedures.
b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting:
i. Project Manager.
ii. Project Field Supervisor
iii. Subcontractor
iv. Architect’s Representative
v. Owner’s Representative
vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable
vii. Testing Agency, when applicable
2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any
definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the
supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that
materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check
to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work
area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine
materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and that
the materials and equipment are on hand.
3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a
representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for
compliance with contract requirements.
4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure
continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular
work.
1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS
A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as
opposed to "off-the-shelf" items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be
responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC
Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during
shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in
good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation. Although
any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the
Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of the
completed project.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00
Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.4 TESTING
A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an
installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship
requirements.
1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the
work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to
reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in
conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to
make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents.
1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e-Builder to track non-
conforming materials or sub-standard workmanship identified by Owner’s
Representative.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 45 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND CONTROLS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of every
kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of the
Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and
complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University may
direct.
B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide,
construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and
services.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the
Contractor’s option.
B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes,
standards and specifications.
2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES
A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to
render first aid at the site.
B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical
services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND CONTROLS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site.
Any fire watches as a result of construction operations are the responsibility of the Contractor.
Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -
protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and
establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post
warnings and information.
1. Impairments “Fire Code of NYS Section 901.7”. Impairment; “the removal of fire
alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage in a building.” There are two different
levels of impairments
a. Partial Impairment. The removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system
coverage via control valve in the immediate area of where work is to be
performed.
- Basic Impairment Notification will be sent to Local Authority Having
Jurisdiction and FM Global.
- No fire watch will be required in most cases.
b. Full System Impairment. The complete removal of a fire alarm “system” or
sprinkler “system”. Impairment of both the fire alarm system and sprinkler
system at the same time is not allowed.
- Full System Impairment Notification will be sent to local Authority Having
Jurisdiction, FM Global, Ithaca Fire Department Officers, Building
Manager, Maintenance Manager, and Customer Service.
- Fire Watch will be required and will need the Fire Watch Person’s name and
contact information. Cornell EH&S does not perform the fire watch, it is
the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Equipment:
1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of
the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard.
2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire
Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards.
3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system.
4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each
area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND CONTROLS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional
temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a
warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be
removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide
hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas.
6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections,
standpipes, temporary fire-protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for
firefighting.
7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire
protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new
services are placed into operation and use.
8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire-
protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation
and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent
fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during
construction.
C. Enforce fire-safety discipline:
1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location.
2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project.
3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions.
4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building.
Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings.
5. Closely supervise welding and torch-cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible
materials and volatile conditions.
6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel.
D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection
certificate attached to each extinguisher.
E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot Work Permit issued in
accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall
provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the
operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University
Environmental Health & Safety.
F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety,
e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND CONTROLS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to
facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways,
platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, fall protection, harness, tie-off points, and other
such equipment.
B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings,
for use by construction personnel.
C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition.
2.5 SUPPORTS
A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports,
beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract Work. All
supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect.
B. Any and all supports that are of “custom” fabrication or installation shall be designed by the
Contractor’s NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations
provided for same.
2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until
installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure of exterior
walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from
exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as necessary
to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior materials,
provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary heating, and to
prevent entry of unauthorized persons.
1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets.
2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of
materials.
3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate
temporary enclosures.
4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing
requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or
detrimental conditions and effects.
B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building
occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent
damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations from
construction work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND CONTROLS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply
with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards.
a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with
existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture.
b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and
ceilings with fire-retardant paint as required by local fire regulations.
2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure
systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure
systems as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new
exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible.
3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior
enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems
are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers
as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems
and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible.
2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of
water at all times.
B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of
adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such
water shall be paid by the Contractor.
2.8 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION
A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to
protect all personnel, employees, and the public, against hazards on, adjacent to or accessing
the construction site.
1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert
persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards.
2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA-approved signs, as well as, proper
barricades.
3. Provide flag personnel as necessary to guide vehicles, protect personnel, public and
employees.
2.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
A. No Contractor signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-6
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND CONTROLS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
B. Owner Construction Project Sign. The Contractor shall install Owner provided project
identification signage.
2.10 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the
Owner.
2.11 FIELD OFFICES
A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of
the Contractor and Owner.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures
and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be
affected by execution of the work.
1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other
temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the
Work.
2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by
Contract Documents.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40.
B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout.
C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner.
D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality
specified for the original installation.
E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements,
and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site.
F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste
matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to
the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner’s
Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal
of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-7
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND CONTROLS February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction
debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner.
3.3 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services:
1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction.
2. At completion of the Project.
B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal.
C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to
original condition.
1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and
utilities.
2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and
slopes, and clean the area.
***END OF SECTION 01 50 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades for
construction. Remove on completion of Work.
B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and
distribution.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition.
B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company
requirements.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must
not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and
standards.
2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER
A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing the
Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its
operations as possible as long as such connections do not over-load the capacity of the
Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points shall
be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power.
The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as
long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to
meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the usage
of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event, the
Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter and
charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor.
C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no
longer required.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be
maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected. The
required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and seven
(7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all egress; in
all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working hours. All
temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National Electric Code.
E. The minimum temporary outdoor security lighting to be provided is as follows:
1. Along the perimeter of the site fence, consisting of vandal-resistant light fixtures with
HID lamps, located 150 foot center, mounted on the inside of the construction fence.
2. Lighting for temporary pedestrian paths and roadways, to provide a minimum of 0.1
foot-candle on the path of travel.
F. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction
equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and elevators.
The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the permanently
installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls, fans, pumps, so
that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the Owner's
Representative for drainage or for temporary heat.
G. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or the
Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and
cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule
shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of
the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges
relating to shutdowns.
H. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal
The Contractor shall:
1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the
Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary
service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any
additional cost entailed thereby.
2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Owner's
Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition satisfactory to the
Owner.
2.3 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION
A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary heat as may be necessary for constructing the Work.
B. The Contractor will be permitted to use the building's permanent heating system for
temporary heat. Permission to use the building's permanent heating system shall in no way
constitute the Owner's acceptance of that portion of the Work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
C. When using the permanent building systems for space conditioning, provide a written
maintenance plan for acceptance by the Owner’s Representative, prior to utilizing the
equipment. Plan to address temporary filtering of air and water, sealing of open ducts,
lubrication, operation outside of normal ranges, and controls/safeties. Return all equipment
to its newly installed condition prior to acceptance testing.
1. If the Contractor elects to use the building’s permanent heating system for temporary heat,
the Contractor shall provide filters with a minimum MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in
system, maintain to keep them free of dust and debris, replace if necessary and remove at
end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 77 00 – Project
Closeout.
D. Any temporary system shall be removed when no longer required.
E. During heating cycles the enclosures separating the interior building areas from outside shall
be maintained closed to conserve heat energy.
F. The Contractor shall provide for ventilation of all structures until Physical Completion of the
Work and shall control such ventilation to avoid excessive moisture levels and rates of drying
of construction materials, including but not limited to concrete and to plaster, and to prevent
condensation on sensitive surfaces. The Contractor shall be responsible for any moisture
intrusion that is detrimental to the Project.
2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times.
B. Provide phone number to Cornell project representatives for communication during Work.
2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during
construction. The Contractor shall maintain neat, clean and sanitary conditions. The
Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with excessive custodial services
associated with such usage.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities.
C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to
original, condition.
***END OF SECTION 01 51 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 23
Ithaca, New York HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST HEAT DURING 01 51 23-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE CONSTRUCTION February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall maintain existing or temporary building heating systems to accomplish
the following:
1. Protect the existing facility and facility plumbing systems against damage due to cold
temperatures.
2. Provide sufficient heat so that the Work can be accomplished in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
3. Maintain construction schedules as required by the Contract.
B. Include in the bid price an amount necessary to provide Construction Heat as required.
C. Existing central steam systems may be used to the extent that they do not interfere with the
safe and effective completion of Work. However, any modifications to existing systems shall
be corrected prior to the conclusion of work.
D. No natural gas is available to the facility for temporary heat.
E. At the conclusion of the project the facility heating systems shall be returned to functional
order as necessary to protect the building and facility plumbing systems.
1.2 RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall include in the bid the cost of the temporary heat.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs to the facility necessitated by the failure to
provide heat during any portion of the Work.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 51 23***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST STORAGE AND 01 66 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PROTECTION February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items incorporated or to be
incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent
manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source.
B. Obscure from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas.
1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means
and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding
of construction space.
C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are
flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.
D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling,
storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation.
E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are
correct and products are undamaged.
F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement or damage.
1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE
A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat
and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with
the daily functioning of the Institution.
B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored
weatherproof temporary storage sheds.
C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST STORAGE AND 01 66 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PROTECTION February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The
Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact
on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no
impact at all on the Campus.
E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid
overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to
exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored
materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work.
F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or
equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative, shall
move such materials or equipment.
1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE
A. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm Road location
shall be stored at the Contractor’s sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible for repair or
replacement of property due to any cause of loss.
B. The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at Palm
Road storage site associated with the Contractor’s storage.
C. The Contractor understands that Cornell makes “no” warranty regarding any security at the
Palm Road site.
D. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination
caused by the Contractor’s storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay for
cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was found.
E. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the
Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the
site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined formally
or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas used by all
contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows:
1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an
investigation, all contractors who could be responsible based upon location of the
incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally.
F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is permitted at the Palm
Road site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents.
G. Unoccupied storage containers not within the project fence shall be labeled in the Cornell
standard. Signs customized for the project shall be ordered from Ithaca Plastics, Inc., 305
West Green Street, Ithaca, New York 14850, Phone - 607.272.8232, Fax - 607.277.2579,
Email – db@ithacaplastics.com.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST STORAGE AND 01 66 00-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PROTECTION February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.5 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be
necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor
shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished
by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the Work.
B. Protection of Utilities
1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities,
pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions
to protect existing facilities from damage.
2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The
Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of
its operation.
C. Protective Covering
1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows:
a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways
or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected adequately
against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades.
b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the
Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks,
gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not protected,
which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to
satisfaction of Owner.
c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished
concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over
these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires
on wheels.
d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring
during all phases of the work including after installation.
e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with
plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the
building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including
but not limited to flooring, wood in-fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc.
2. HVAC ductwork shall be protected by the Contractor as follows to prevent introduction
of contaminants:
a. Ductwork with interior lining shall be wrapped at the factory using plastic wrap
to exclude moisture and contaminants. The wrapping shall not be removed until
immediately prior to installation.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST STORAGE AND 01 66 00-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE PROTECTION February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
b. Ductwork shall not be exposed to moisture or contaminants at any point in the
manufacturing, shipping, storage or installation process.
c. Ductwork shall not be staged or stored outside or otherwise exposed to the
weather.
d. Ductwork shall be transported only inside of covered vehicles.
e. Once installed, ductwork shall be protected from contamination during the
construction process.
1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
A. Protect installed products, including Owner-provided products, and control traffic in
immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations.
B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of
openings in and adjacent to traffic areas.
C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used
by construction personnel.
D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage:
1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to
foot traffic.
2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy
objects.
3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will
occur.
E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces:
1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products.
2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from
manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of
adjacent unprotected areas.
F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 66 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND REPAIRING February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation
and backfill, required to complete the Work or to:
1. Make its several parts fit together properly.
2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective work.
4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents.
5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or
new surfaces and finishes.
B. Upon written instructions of the Owner’s Representative:
1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work.
2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified.
3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work.
4. Patch work uncovered or removed.
C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof.
D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the
Owner’s Representative.
E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit
details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original
structure.
F. Openings and Chases
1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to
complete the Work as set forth in the Contract.
2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided,
build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND REPAIRING February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution
of the Work.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or
excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of
any portion of the Project. Include:
1. Identification of the Project.
2. Description of the affected work.
3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. The effect on the work of the Owner’s property, or on the structural integrity of the
Project.
5. Description of the proposed work:
a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. The extent of refinishing to be done.
6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation.
7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching.
8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected.
B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original
installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 - Substitutions
and Product Options.
C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the
work will be uncovered.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that
would change their load-carrying capacity for load-deflection ratio.
1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching
structural elements, including but not limited to the following:
a. Foundation construction
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND REPAIRING February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
b. Bearing and retaining walls
c. Structural concrete
d. Structural steel and lintels
e. Structural decking
f. Miscellaneous structural metals
g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems
h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports
i. Equipment supports
B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in
a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and
patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased
maintenance or decreased operation life or safety.
1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching
the following operating elements or safety related systems:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment
b. Air or smoke barriers
c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers
d. Membranes and flashings
e. Fire protection systems
f. Control systems
g. Communication systems
h. Electrical wiring systems
i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in
occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner’s opinion, reduce the building’s
aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and
patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND REPAIRING February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any
structural members without written permission of the Owner.
1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes
a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or
repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes.
b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and
roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to
be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or
guarantee/warranty in force for membrane.
2. Water Tightness
a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and
workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by general
practice to be watertight.
b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through
foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight.
c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water
tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner’s Representative before
installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and
approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at
no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 WARRANTIES
A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with
materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved.
B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials
that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical
materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will
equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of in-
place or existing materials.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND REPAIRING February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to
movement during:
1. Cutting and patching.
2. Excavation and backfilling.
B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or
performance of the work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with
the work until the Architect has provided further instructions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that
portion of the Work.
B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage.
C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties.
D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed
by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations
free from water.
E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining
areas.
F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be
removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance
of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to
restore surfaces to their original condition.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-6
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND REPAIRING February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least likely
to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to
receive new work.
1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly
to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily
cover openings when not in use.
2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished
side into concealed surfaces.
3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a
diamond-core drill.
4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of
services is required.
C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified
tolerances.
1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the
installation.
2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained
adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and
refinishing.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint
coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing
patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.
3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent
finishes:
a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.
b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit.
4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall utilize
plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing
system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform
visual appearance.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-7
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND REPAIRING February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished
area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an
even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor
and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform
color and appearance.
a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and
comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these
Specifications.
6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-
plane surface of uniform appearance.
7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU
units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint
profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials compatible
with in-place materials.
8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and
masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar
joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory
materials compatible with in-place materials.
9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to
a weather-tight condition.
a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer for
cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base
sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards,
accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof-top
mounted items.
D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable
for new materials.
1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with
an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written
recommendations.
E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent
settlement or damage to other work.
F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with
specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes.
G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work
in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-8
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE AND REPAIRING February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure
disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain
even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and
patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint,
mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features
before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its
original condition.
B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective
demolition operations began.
***END OF SECTION 01 73 29***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 INSPECTIONS
A. Substantial Completion:
1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work has
reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and
apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall
conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract
have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor shall prepare
and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list),
indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.
2. After receipt of the Contractor’s initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection
of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that requirements
of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete and is
acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked-up list of items to be completed
and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor’s punch list. The Architect shall prepare a
Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect
has determined that the work is substantially complete.
3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the
inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part
of the Work found to be incomplete or defective.
4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating
Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the Ithaca
Building Department.
a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or
reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System
Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance
with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code
of NYS.
b. Work classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code does not require
the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems
that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS
and NFPA.
c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance
Testing for the Following Conditions:
- Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire
detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
- Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more
than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from
the rest of the system
- Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump.
- A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components.
- A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been
modified.
- A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been
replaced or the control unit software has been replaced.
- A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan
control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified
- An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the
actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement.
- A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system where
a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14.
B. Final Acceptance:
1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected,
the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and
Contractor’s certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative will inform
the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final
inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete
work will be furnished to the Contractor.
2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions,
omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an
inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final
inspection.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number.
Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for
individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels,
casework, equipment, and building systems.
B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final
Completion.
C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP
A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the
completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any
kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion
of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings,
rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under
its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall
restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its
failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor,
and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but
not be limited to the following:
1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes
cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by
such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications.
2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and
existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned.
3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire
floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of
the flooring.
5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing
condition.
6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be
responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement
of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace
all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and clean.
7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning.
8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces.
B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction
operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began.
C. Cleaning of Renovated Duct Systems and Existing Duct Systems in Renovated Areas:
1. Cleaning work shall be performed by firm which has minimum three (3) years’
experience in mechanical cleaning of air systems. Work shall be done by skilled
mechanics, technicians and experienced supervisors.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
2. Clean dirt, dust and debris from air units, associated equipment air ducts; sanitize same.
Cleaning shall include:
a. Cleaning of air unit’s supply, return and exhaust sections including coils, fans,
filter racks, outdoor air intake shaft, and interior surfaces.
b. Cleaning of dampers, heating coils, humidifiers, and similar devices in ductwork.
c. Marking of duct-mounted damper settings, prior to cleaning, and returning
dampers to marked positions after cleaning. This includes fire dampers, zone
dampers, balancing dampers and volume dampers.
d. Cleaning of terminal supply, return and exhaust grilles, registers and diffusers.
e. Cutting of access holes in ductwork for cleaning process, as well as sealing and
patching of same.
f. Removal of portions of duct system which cannot otherwise be thoroughly
cleaned, and replacement thereof.
g. Sealing of lined duct systems, upon completion.
h. Removal and reinstallation of ceiling panels, tiles, ceiling support tracks, and
other ceiling construction, as required to facilitate cleaning.
i. Providing access doors required to facilitate cleaning.
3. Cleaning shall meet National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) Standards,
capable of verification by NADCA Vacuum Test. Cleanliness shall be subject to
Architect’s visual review; provide re-cleaning as necessary to satisfy Architect
a. Cleaning methods may include vacuuming, brushing, mechanical brushing,
scraping, or air washing. Use method best suited for locations involved.
b. Do NOT use methods which could damage the system or the building.
c. Remove dirt, dust, lint and other accumulations by HEPA filtered air machine
capable of minimum 6000 cfm. Air machine shall operate to obtain 1250 fpm
across the work space. Use brushes, mechanical agitators or air whips to dislodge
contaminants to be collected by the air machine.
d. Cleaning shall begin at the furthest point of the return system and at the outdoor
air intake. Cleaning shall proceed toward the air handling equipment. Cleaning
shall finish at the furthest point of the supply ductwork.
1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK
A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain
signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 77 00***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22
Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried and
an Excel template.
B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in
Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the
Owner’s Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall
include:
1. Name of Product
2. Equipment Classification
3. Manufacturer
4. Model Number
5. Serial Number
6. Cost
7. Location (including Building and Room Number)
8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation)
C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel
template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and
specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the
Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its’
disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in
close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access
point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects.
E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with
the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The
Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e.
- O&M manuals) to the Owner’s Representative.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22
Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST
• Building Equipment
• AC Drive/VSD
• Air Dryer
• Backflow Preventor
• Air Compressor
• Building
• Sprinkler
• Control
• Vacuum
• Pump
• Condensate
• Glycol
• CWC
• HWC
• Potable
• Sanitary Sewer
• Storm Sewer
• Sump
• Quality Water
• Fuel
• Fan
• Exhaust
• Supply
• Return
• Fume Hood
• Furnace
• Generator
• Hot Water Heater
• Heat Exchangers
• Boiler
• Tank
• Unit Heater
• Fan Coil
• VAV Box
• Transfer Switch
• Motor
• Pump
• Fan
• Lift/Levelers
• Water Softener
• Reverse Osmosis
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 22***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST OPERATING AND 01 78 23-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MAINTENANCE DATA February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's
maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract.
1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in
other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed
work.
2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior
to substantial completion.
B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment
and systems.
1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel.
B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system of complete
manual in final form.
1. Format:
a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11”.
b. Text: Manufacturer's, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file.
c. Drawings in electronic format
- Drawings are required in PDF format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14
or higher format.
d. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of
equipment.
- Provide type description of product, and major component parts of
equipment.
- Provide indexed PDF bookmarks.
- Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index
with hyperlinks to the various documents.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST OPERATING AND 01 78 23-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MAINTENANCE DATA February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
e. Cover: Identify each volume with title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS".
List:
- Title of Project
- Identity of separate structure as applicable.
- Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL
A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order.
1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume.
3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of:
a. Subcontract or installer.
b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
c. Identify the area of responsibility of each.
d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in
Contract Documents.
B. Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed.
b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation.
c. Delete reference to inapplicable information.
C. Submittal Data:
1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a
clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect
the “as-installed” system.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST OPERATING AND 01 78 23-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MAINTENANCE DATA February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
D. Drawings:
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
b. Control and flow diagrams.
2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct
illustration of completed installation.
3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give:
a. Proper procedures in the event of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system.
B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products:
a. Catalog number, size, and composition.
b. Color and texture designations.
c. Information required for reordering special-manufactured products.
d. Certification as to asbestos free
2. Instructions for care and maintenance:
a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods.
b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the
product.
c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST OPERATING AND 01 78 23-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MAINTENANCE DATA February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
a. Applicable standards
b. Chemical composition
c. Details of installation
2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair.
D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications.
1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system.
B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1. Description of unit and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts.
2. Operating procedures:
a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions.
c. Summer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
3. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Alignment, adjusting and checking.
4. Servicing and lubrication required:
a. List of lubricants required.
5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST OPERATING AND 01 78 23-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MAINTENANCE DATA February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams
required for maintenance.
a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.
9. Each contractor's coordination drawings.
a. As-installed color coded piping diagrams.
10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve.
11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
1. Description of system and component parts:
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. Circuit directories of panel boards:
a. Electrical service.
b. Controls.
c. Communications.
3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams.
4. Operating procedures:
a. Routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
c. Special operating instructions.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST OPERATING AND 01 78 23-6
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MAINTENANCE DATA February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
5. Maintenance procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble-shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections of
Specifications and General Conditions.
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents
thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals.
B. Submit completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase
of the Project.
C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance.
1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and
maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products,
equipment and systems:
1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating
and maintenance personnel.
B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction:
1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of
operations and maintenance.
C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been
instructed, describing:
1. Method of Instruction.
2. Equipment and Systems Operated.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST OPERATING AND 01 78 23-7
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE MAINTENANCE DATA February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
3. Length of Instruction Period.
D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's
personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing.
1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and
procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 23***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
The Contractor shall:
A. Compile specified warranties and bonds.
B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts.
C. Co-execute submittals when so specified.
D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents.
E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and
bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on
products and special warranties.
1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of
workmanship and materials.
2. General closeout requirements are included in Section 01 77 00 - "Project Closeout."
3. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that
are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 2
through 40.
4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner
are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product
warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the
products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to
countersign special warranties with the Contractor.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Standard Product Warranties are pre-printed written warranties published by individual
manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to
the Owner.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
B. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract
Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater
rights for the Owner
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate care and diligence to review Contract Documents to identify detailed
requirements relating to warranties and bonds.
B. Verify that each item required for this submittal conforms with specified requirements.
1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. In addition to standard and special warranties described in Divisions 2 through 40, Contractor
shall warrant Work included in this project, for a minimum period of one (1) year following
acceptance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion by Owner, to cover performance,
materials, workmanship and compliance with Contract Documents.
B. Corrective Work: Provide service within thirty (30) calendar days when requested by Owner.
Perform services during normal working hours, unless specifically directed otherwise by
Owner. Coordinate with Owner’s representative to schedule performance of corrective work.
Where designated service providers cannot perform corrective work within the Owner’s
required time frame, engage another qualified service provider. Submit a written statement to
Owner upon completion of corrective work; document work performed and list outstanding
items, if any.
1. When a completed breakdown of a piece of equipment occurs of the malfunction of a
system affects the environment or program involving 50 or more persons at a time
(employees and students combined), or creates a safety or security risk to the Owner,
an EMERGENCY may be declared by the Owner. The Owner may declare an
emergency as defined above at which time the service response must be within 4 hours
and may require action during non-normal working hours.
2. When an emergency condition occurs, the Owner may take immediate corrective action
to relieve the problem by making, a minimum as possible, temporary adjustments and/or
repairs when necessary to decrease the problem until the designated Contractor’s
representative can respond. These temporary adjustments and repairs will in no way
jeopardize the existing warranty.
3. The Owner’s service staff will advise the Contractor’s Representative of all temporary
adjustments and repairs done in relation to the malfunctioning equipment or facility.
4. If the Contractor fails to respond with actual service within four (4) hours, and/or the
necessary repairs or adjustments are not satisfactorily complete twenty-four (24) hours,
the Owner will have the authority to make the necessary repairs or adjustments and
charge the Contractor for parts and labor.
5. If all adjustments and repairs done by the Owner in relation to the above conditions are
done by authorized district personnel, there will be no negative effect of future
warranty claims.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
C. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted Work, remove
and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be
removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work.
D. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected
by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated
warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
E. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace
or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract
Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective
Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion
of its anticipated useful service life.
F. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied
warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available
under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on time in
which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.
G. Contractor's Procurement Obligations: Do not purchase, subcontract for, or allow others to
purchase or subcontract for materials or units of Work for Project where a special project
guaranty, specified product warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required until it
has been determined that entities required to sign or countersign such commitments are
willing to do so.
H. Specific Warranty. Where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is
required on such Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept
the Work until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such
commitments are willing to do so.
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial
Completion. If the Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a
commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the
Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the
Architect or Owner.
1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the
Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period,
submit properly executed warranties to the Architect and Owner within fifteen (15) days
of completion of that designated portion of the Work.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
B. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and
a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains
appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a
draft to the Owner through the Architect for acceptance prior to final execution.
1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED
A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the
respective sections of Specifications. Submit a schedule listing all required warranties.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. The Warranties and Bonds shall be in electronic pdf format. Each submission shall include
the title of the Project and the name of the Contractor.
B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to
the various documents and or references.
C. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the
respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors.
D. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each
item.
1. Product or work item.
2. Item description.
3. Notation of what the equipment serves (e.g. – Provides perimeter heat)
4. Warranty Provider. Is the warranty provided by a manufacturer or installer?
5. Firm, with name of principal and responsible party, address and telephone number.
6. Scope.
7. Duration.
a. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract
b. End date of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-5
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
8. Provide information for Owner's personnel:
a. Proper procedure in case of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond.
9. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
3.2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final
request for payment.
B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial
Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date
of acceptance as the start of the warranty period.
***END OF SECTION 01 78 36***
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-1
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of:
1. Drawings
2. Specifications
3. Addenda
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract
5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions.
6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
7. Field Test records
8. Construction photographs
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for
construction.
1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.
2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples.
B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform
Construction Index.
C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record
documents for construction purposes.
D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner’s Representative
and the Architect.
1.3 RECORDING
A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters.
B. Record information concurrently with construction progress.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-2
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded.
C. Drawings
As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract
Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to-day
basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked on a
drawing is to carry the notation “per Change Order No. X”, or similar reference which cites
the reason for the change. As an alternative approach the Contractor can submit a plan for
producing the “As-Built” drawings via electronic mark-up in Bluebeam, Adobe Professional,
or other similar program as an alternative to colored pencil or ink mark-ups. Such plan shall
be subject to approval of the Owner.
The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or
Owner’s Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all
changes to the following areas of construction:
1. Architectural:
a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code
b. Wall, door, window locations
c. Built in casework locations
d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations
e. Material and products where submittals are requested
2. Civil and Structural
a. Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical
b. Materials and products where submittals are requested
c. Load carrying elements and foundation systems
d. Site related elements including:
- Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts,
significant architectural projections and other pertinent data.
e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete
reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock-out" panels made during
construction.
f. Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems
g. Geotechnical subsurface information
h. Items that will require future maintenance
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-3
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
i. Life safety critical items
3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection)
a. Products where submittals are requested
b. Final locations of all equipment.
c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork.
d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork.
e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators.
f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance
dampers and fire dampers.
g. Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations.
h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas,
sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing,
including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves,
meters, clean-outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm
water drainage.
4. Electrical
a. Products where submittals were requested.
b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type.
c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access
Control/Security systems.
d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and
power supplies.
e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits
and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of
Change Order or job conditions.
5. Environmental
a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure
D. Specifications and Addenda
Legibly mark each section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of
equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-4
SYSTEM REMEDIATION – ALICE February 15, 2019
COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
1.4 SUBMITTAL
A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner’s Representative.
B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and number
3. Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each record document
5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate
6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 39***
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
WEST CAMPUS DINING EXHAUST SYSTEM REMEDIATION
ALICE COOK & FLORA ROSE HOUSES
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
ITHACA, NEW YORK
Tetra Tech METAL FABRICATIONS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 05 50 00 / Page 1
SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Miscellaneous Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports
are not specified in other Sections.
2. Metal ladders; fixed ladder for access.
3. Formed-metal plank grating
1.3 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals and informational submittals required by this Section
concurrently.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Fasteners.
2. Ladders.
3. Grating.
4. Paint products.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their
connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Welding certificates.
05 50 00
METAL FABRICATIONS Tetra Tech
05 50 00 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS, GENERAL
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise
indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials
without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
2.2 FERROUS METALS
A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing.
C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 FORMED-METAL PLANK GRATINGS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Unistrut; a part of Atkore International.
B. C-shaped channels rolled from heavy sheet metal of thickness indicated, and punched in
serrated diamond shape to produce raised slip-resistant surface and drainage holes.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Unistrut; United Interlock Grating.
2. Channel Width: 9 inches.
3. Channel Depth: 2-1/2 inches.
4. Material: 14 ga, hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet
5. Accessories: Provide standard manufacturer attachment/anchor devices/clips, toe plates,
etc.
Tetra Tech METAL FABRICATIONS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 05 50 00 / Page 3
2.4 FASTENERS
A. For steel connections to be bolted, use ASTM A325 bolts.
B. Chemical anchors.
1. Chemical Anchor Adhesives: Heavy duty, two component injectable adhesive designed
to be dispensed using double chamber gun with mixing nozzle. Adhesives in capsule
form will not be accepted.
a. Products for anchoring into concrete: Subject to compliance with requirements,
available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1) Hilti, Inc.; Hit-HY 200; Hit-Ice.
2) ITW Redhead; Epcon C6; Epcon A7.
3) Powers Fasteners, Inc.; AC100+ Gold.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy
welded.
B. Alkyd Primer: Modified-alkyd primer compatible with topcoat.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Tnemec Company, Inc.; Series 10: 10-1009 Gray.
C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and
compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units
only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain
structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated
installation.
1. Metal Ladder: If required by contractor’s means and method for delivery and/or
installation of ladder, provide a field splice point/connection. Such splice point
connection is to be detailed on ladder shop drawings for approval.
B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of
approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed
surfaces.
C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or
otherwise impairing work.
METAL FABRICATIONS Tetra Tech
05 50 00 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.
E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no
roughness shows after finishing.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or
welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head
(countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude
water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws,
and similar items.
I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring
devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.
1. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with
integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch
embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24
inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to
complete the Work.
B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise
indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent
construction.
2.8 METAL LADDERS
A. General:
1. Comply with ANSI A14.3.
B. Ladder Construction:
1. Space siderails to provide minimum 18” clear between side rails.
2. Siderails: Continuous L3x3x3/8 angles, minimum.
3. Rungs: minimum ¾” diameter solid steel rod spaced at maximum 12” oc. Provide a slip
resistant coating on all ladder rungs. Provide product data submittal for approval.
4. Fit rungs in centerline of siderails; fasten by welding.
Tetra Tech METAL FABRICATIONS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 05 50 00 / Page 5
2.9 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown
with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed
field splices where possible.
B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with
other work.
2.10 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
C. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into
surrounding surface.
2.11 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for
steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.
1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint
adhesion.
B. Shop prime iron and steel items [not indicated to be galvanized].
1. Metal Fabrications: For all iron and steel items (except those noted below), shop prime
with alkyd primer.
C. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and
spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and
standards:
1. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning," unless noted otherwise below.
D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification
No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
METAL FABRICATIONS Tetra Tech
05 50 00 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing
metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with
edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and
levels.
C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are
not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
D. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no
roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent
surface.
E. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal
fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for
use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and
other connectors.
3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported,
including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings.
3.3 INSTALLING METAL PLANK GRATINGS
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing gratings. Use
manufacturer's standard anchor clips and hold-down devices for bolted connections.
B. Attach units to supporting members by bolting at every point of contact. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions for anchor size and location.
C. Attach toeplates to gratings by welding in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
D. Attach nonremovable units to supporting members by welding unless otherwise indicated.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for size and spacing of welds.
Tetra Tech METAL FABRICATIONS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 05 50 00 / Page 7
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and
abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop
painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 05 50 00
Tetra Tech ROUGH CARPENTRY
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 06 10 00 / Page 1
SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Framing with dimension lumber.
2. Fasteners.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal size in least dimension.
B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal size or greater but less than 5 inches nominal
size in least dimension.
C. Exposed Framing: Framing not concealed by other construction.
D. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:
1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association.
2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority.
3. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
4. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
5. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.
1.4 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals and informational submittals required by this Section
concurrently.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component
materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. For products
receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials
was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. Include copies of warranties
from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment.
06 10 00
ROUGH CARPENTRY Tetra Tech
06 10 00 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1. Dimension lumber framing.
2. Fasteners.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation.
Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide
for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is
indicated, comply with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC
Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to
inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. Dress lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 19 percent unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING
A. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction or No. 2 grade.
1. Application: Framing at ceiling access doors.
2. Species:
a. Hem-fir (north); NLGA.
b. Southern pine or mixed southern pine; SPIB.
c. Spruce-pine-fir; NLGA.
d. Hem-fir; WCLIB, or WWPA.
e. Spruce-pine-fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
2.3 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified
in this article for material and manufacture.
1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative
treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel.
Tetra Tech ROUGH CARPENTRY
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 06 10 00 / Page 3
B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
Locate carpentry members to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.
B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame
Construction," unless otherwise indicated.
C. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted. Fit rough carpentry accurately to other construction. Locate carpentry members to
comply with requirements for attaching other construction.
D. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with
fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with
function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or
optimum joint arrangement.
E. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in building code in effect for Project.
3. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener.
F. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully
penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials.
Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails
snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION 06 10 00
Tetra Tech APPLIED FIREPROOFING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 07 81 00 / Page 1
SECTION 07 81 00 - APPLIED FIREPROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes sprayed fire-resistive materials (SFRM).
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Review products, design ratings, restrained and unrestrained conditions, densities,
thicknesses, bond strengths, and other performance requirements.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Exposed: Fire-resistive materials applied to surfaces that are exposed to view when the Work is
completed, that are in elevator shafts, and that are in mechanical rooms and other locations
indicated.
1.5 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals and informational submittals required by this Section
concurrently.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Concealed SFRM.
2. Substrate primers.
3. Bonding agent.
4. Metal lath.
5. Reinforcing fabric.
6. Reinforcing mesh.
07 81 00
APPLIED FIREPROOFING Tetra Tech
07 81 00 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer and testing agency.
B. Product Certificates: For each the following:
1. Concealed SFRM.
C. Preconstruction Test Reports: For fireproofing.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by
fireproofing manufacturer as experienced and with sufficient trained staff to install
manufacturer's products according to specified requirements.
1.9 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction
testing on fireproofing.
B. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test for compliance with requirements
for specified performance and test methods.
1. Bond Strength: Test for cohesive and adhesive strength according to ASTM E 736.
Provide bond strength indicated in referenced fire-resistance design, but not less than
minimum specified in Part 2.
2. Verify that manufacturer, through its own laboratory testing or field experience, attests
that primers or coatings are compatible with fireproofing.
3. For materials failing tests, obtain applied-fireproofing manufacturer's written instructions
for corrective measures including the use of specially formulated bonding agents or
primers.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply fireproofing when ambient or substrate temperature is
44 deg F or lower unless temporary protection and heat are provided to maintain temperature at
or above this level for 24 hours before, during, and for 24 hours after product application.
B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces during and after application of fireproofing, providing
complete air exchanges according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use natural means or,
if they are inadequate, forced-air circulation until fireproofing dries thoroughly.
Tetra Tech APPLIED FIREPROOFING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 07 81 00 / Page 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Assemblies: Provide fireproofing, including auxiliary materials, according to requirements of
each fire-resistance design and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain fireproofing for each fire-resistance design from single source.
C. Fire-Resistance Design: Indicated on Drawings, tested according to ASTM E 119 or UL 263 by
a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing
agency.
1. Steel members are to be considered unrestrained unless specifically noted otherwise.
D. VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC content limits of authorities having
jurisdiction.
1. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L.
2. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L.
E. Asbestos: Provide products containing no detectable asbestos.
2.2 SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS
A. Concealed SFRM: Manufacturer's standard, factory-mixed, lightweight, dry formulation,
complying with indicated fire-resistance design, and mixed with water at Project site to form a
slurry or mortar before conveyance and application.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Carboline Company; RPM International; Pyrolite 15.
b. Grace, W. R. & Co. - Conn.; Grace Construction Products; Monokote MK-6
Series.
c. Isolatek International; Cafco 300.
2. Bond Strength: Minimum 300-lbf/sq. ft. cohesive and adhesive strength based on field
testing according to ASTM E 736.
3. Density: Not less than 15 lb/cu. ft. and as specified in the approved fire-resistance
design, according to ASTM E 605.
4. Thickness: As required for fire-resistance design indicated, measured according to
requirements of fire-resistance design or ASTM E 605, whichever is thicker, but not less
than 0.375 inch.
APPLIED FIREPROOFING Tetra Tech
07 81 00 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
5. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing
agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
a. Flame-Spread Index: 10 or less.
b. Smoke-Developed Index: 0.
6. Compressive Strength: Minimum 10 lbf/sq. in. according to ASTM E 761.
7. Corrosion Resistance: No evidence of corrosion according to ASTM E 937.
8. Deflection: No cracking, spalling, or delamination according to ASTM E 759.
9. Effect of Impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, or delamination according to
ASTM E 760.
10. Air Erosion: Maximum weight loss of 0.005 g/sq. ft. in 24 hours according to
ASTM E 859.
2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that are compatible with fireproofing and substrates and
are approved by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction for use in fire-resistance designs indicated.
B. Substrate Primers: Primers approved by fireproofing manufacturer and complying with one or
both of the following requirements:
1. Primer and substrate are identical to those tested in required fire-resistance design by UL
or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Primer's bond strength in required fire-resistance design complies with specified bond
strength for fireproofing and with requirements in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory",
based on a series of bond tests according to ASTM E 736.
C. Bonding Agent: Product approved by fireproofing manufacturer and complying with
requirements in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listings of another qualified testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Metal Lath: Expanded metal lath fabricated from material of weight, configuration, and finish
required, according to fire-resistance designs indicated and fireproofing manufacturer's written
recommendations. Include clips, lathing accessories, corner beads, and other anchorage devices
required to attach lath to substrates and to receive fireproofing.
E. Reinforcing Fabric: Glass- or carbon-fiber fabric of type, weight, and form required to comply
with fire-resistance designs indicated; approved and provided by fireproofing manufacturer.
F. Reinforcing Mesh: Metallic mesh reinforcement of type, weight, and form required to comply
with fire-resistance design indicated; approved and provided by fireproofing manufacturer.
Include pins and attachment.
Tetra Tech APPLIED FIREPROOFING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 07 81 00 / Page 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for substrates and other conditions affecting performance of the Work and
according to each fire-resistance design. Verify compliance with the following:
1. Substrates are free of dirt, oil, grease, release agents, rolling compounds, mill scale, loose
scale, incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants, or other foreign substances capable
of impairing bond of fireproofing with substrates under conditions of normal use or fire
exposure.
2. Objects penetrating fireproofing, including clips, hangers, support sleeves, and similar
items, are securely attached to substrates.
3. Substrates receiving fireproofing are not obstructed by ducts, piping, equipment, or other
suspended construction that will interfere with fireproofing application.
B. Conduct tests according to fireproofing manufacturer's written recommendations to verify that
substrates are free of substances capable of interfering with bond.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
D. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Cover other work subject to damage from fallout or overspray of fireproofing materials during
application.
B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of fireproofing.
C. Prime substrates where included in fire-resistance design and where recommended in writing by
fireproofing manufacturer unless compatible shop primer has been applied and is in satisfactory
condition to receive fireproofing.
D. For applications visible on completion of Project, repair substrates to remove surface
imperfections that could affect uniformity of texture and thickness in finished surface of
fireproofing. Remove minor projections and fill voids that would telegraph through fire-
resistive products after application.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Construct fireproofing assemblies that are identical to fire-resistance design indicated and
products as specified, tested, and substantiated by test reports; for thickness, primers, finishing,
and other materials and procedures affecting fireproofing work.
APPLIED FIREPROOFING Tetra Tech
07 81 00 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
B. Comply with fireproofing manufacturer's written instructions for mixing materials, application
procedures, and types of equipment used to mix, convey, and apply fireproofing; as applicable
to particular conditions of installation and as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings
indicated.
C. Coordinate application of fireproofing with other construction to minimize need to cut or
remove fireproofing.
1. Do not begin applying fireproofing until clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items
penetrating fireproofing are in place.
2. Defer installing ducts, piping, and other items that would interfere with applying
fireproofing until application of fireproofing is completed.
D. Metal Decks:
1. Do not apply fireproofing to underside of metal deck substrates until concrete topping, if
any, has been completed.
2. Do not apply fireproofing to underside of metal roof deck until roofing has been
completed; prohibit roof traffic during application and drying of fireproofing.
E. Install auxiliary materials as required, as detailed, and according to fire-resistance design and
fireproofing manufacturer's written recommendations for conditions of exposure and intended
use. For auxiliary materials, use attachment and anchorage devices of type recommended in
writing by fireproofing manufacturer.
F. Spray apply fireproofing to maximum extent possible. Following the spraying operation in each
area, complete the coverage by trowel application or other placement method recommended in
writing by fireproofing manufacturer.
G. Extend fireproofing in full thickness over entire area of each substrate to be protected.
H. Install body of fireproofing in a single course unless otherwise recommended in writing by
fireproofing manufacturer.
I. Provide a uniform finish complying with description indicated for each type of fireproofing
material and matching finish approved for required mockups.
J. Cure fireproofing according to fireproofing manufacturer's written recommendations.
K. Do not install enclosing or concealing construction until after fireproofing has been applied,
inspected, and tested and corrections have been made to deficient applications.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following
special inspections:
1. Test and inspect as required by the IBC, 1704.
Tetra Tech APPLIED FIREPROOFING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 07 81 00 / Page 7
B. Perform the tests and inspections of completed Work in successive stages. Do not proceed with
application of fireproofing for the next area until test results for previously completed
applications of fireproofing show compliance with requirements. Tested values must equal or
exceed values as specified and as indicated and required for approved fire-resistance design.
C. Fireproofing will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
1. Remove and replace fireproofing that does not pass tests and inspections, and retest.
2. Apply additional fireproofing, per manufacturer's written instructions, where test results
indicate insufficient thickness, and retest.
3.5 CLEANING, PROTECTING, AND REPAIRING
A. Cleaning: Immediately after completing spraying operations in each containable area of
Project, remove material overspray and fallout from surfaces of other construction and clean
exposed surfaces to remove evidence of soiling.
1. Equipment is to be vacuumed and wiped clean.
B. Protect fireproofing, according to advice of manufacturer and Installer, from damage resulting
from construction operations or other causes, so fireproofing will be without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 07 81 00
Tetra Tech PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 07 84 13 / Page 1
SECTION 07 84 13 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Penetrations in fire-resistance-rated walls.
2. Breaches in fire resistance rating at concrete plank floor slabs.
3. Penetrations in smoke barriers.
1.3 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals and informational submittals required by this Section
concurrently.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1. Cast-in-place firestop devices.
2. Latex sealants.
3. Firestop devices.
4. Intumescent composite sheets.
5. Intumescent putties.
6. Intumescent wrap strips.
7. Intumescent foam.
8. Mortars.
9. Pillows/bags.
10. Silicone foams.
11. Silicone sealants.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating fire-resistive joint systems have been installed in
compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written recommendations.
07 84 13
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Tetra Tech
07 84 13 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A firm with a minimum of three years’ experience in installing
penetration firestopping similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project,
whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful performance.
Qualifications include having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install
manufacturer's products per specified requirements. Manufacturer's willingness to sell its
penetration firestopping products to Contractor or to Installer engaged by Contractor does not in
itself confer qualification on buyer.
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Penetration firestopping shall comply with the following
requirements:
1. Penetration firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Penetration firestopping is identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in
"Penetration Firestopping" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following
requirements:
a. Penetration firestopping products bear classification marking of qualified testing
and inspecting agency.
b. Classification markings on penetration firestopping correspond to designations
listed by the following:
1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory."
C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install penetration firestopping when ambient or substrate
temperatures are outside limits permitted by penetration firestopping manufacturers or when
substrates are wet because of rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.
B. Install and cure penetration firestopping per manufacturer's written instructions using natural
means of ventilations or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that penetration
firestopping is installed according to specified requirements.
B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate
penetration firestopping.
C. Notify Owner's testing agency at least seven days in advance of penetration firestopping
installations; confirm dates and times on day preceding each series of installations.
Tetra Tech PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 07 84 13 / Page 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.
2. Grace Construction Products.
3. Hilti, Inc.
4. Johns Manville.
5. NUCO Inc.
6. RectorSeal Corporation.
7. Specified Technologies Inc.
8. 3M Fire Protection Products.
9. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Fire Protection Systems Group.
2.2 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
A. Provide penetration firestopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire according
to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-
resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be
compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items
if any. Annular space is not to exceed 1 inch.
B. Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings
determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of
0.01-inch wg.
1. Fire-resistance-rated walls include fire-barrier walls smoke-barrier walls and fire
partitions.
2. F-Rating: Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.
C. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings
determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of
0.01-inch wg.
1. Horizontal assemblies include floors and floor/ceiling assemblies.
2. F-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions
penetrated.
3. T-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions
penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall.
D. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per
UL 1479.
1. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq. ft. of penetration opening at 0.30-inch wg at both
ambient and elevated temperatures.
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Tetra Tech
07 84 13 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
E. Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame-spread and smoke-developed
indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84.
F. VOC Content: Penetration firestopping sealants and sealant primers shall comply with the
following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA
Method 24):
1. Sealants: 250 g/L.
2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
G. Low-Emitting Materials: Penetration firestopping sealants and sealant primers shall comply
with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services'
"Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using
Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
H. Mold Resistance: Provide penetration firestopping products with mold and mildew resistance
rating of 0 as determined by ASTM G21.
I. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to
install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by
penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency
for firestopping indicated.
1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the following:
a. Slag-wool-fiber or rock-wool-fiber insulation.
b. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to
prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state.
c. Fire-rated form board.
d. Fillers for sealants.
2. Temporary forming materials.
3. Substrate primers.
4. Collars.
5. Steel sleeves.
2.3 FILL MATERIALS
A. Cast-in-Place Firestop Devices: Factory-assembled devices for use in cast-in-place concrete
floors and consisting of an outer metallic sleeve lined with an intumescent strip, a radial
extended flange attached to one end of the sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and a
neoprene gasket.
B. Latex Sealants: Single-component latex formulations that do not re-emulsify after cure during
exposure to moisture.
Tetra Tech PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 07 84 13 / Page 5
C. Firestop Devices: Factory-assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with
intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter of penetrant.
D. Intumescent Composite Sheets: Rigid panels consisting of aluminum-foil-faced elastomeric
sheet bonded to galvanized-steel sheet.
E. Intumescent Putties: Nonhardening dielectric, water-resistant putties containing no solvents,
inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds.
F. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single-component intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum
foil on one side.
G. Mortars: Prepackaged dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement,
fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a
nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar.
H. Pillows/Bags: Reusable heat-expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass-fiber cloth cases filled
with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents, and fire-retardant
additives. Where exposed, cover openings with steel-reinforcing wire mesh to protect
pillows/bags from being easily removed.
I. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand
and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam.
J. Silicone Sealants: Single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants of
grade indicated below:
1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal
surfaces, and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and sloped surfaces, unless
indicated firestopping limits use of nonsag grade for both opening conditions.
2.4 MIXING
A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with penetration firestopping
manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required),
type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other
items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance
characteristics for application indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Tetra Tech
07 84 13 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing penetration firestopping to
comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with the following requirements:
1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials
that could interfere with adhesion of penetration firestopping.
2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable
of developing optimum bond with penetration firestopping. Remove loose particles
remaining from cleaning operation.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by manufacturer using that
manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not
allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent penetration firestopping from contacting adjoining
surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of the Work and that would otherwise be
permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove stains.
Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation
instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated.
B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during
their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths
required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible
forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of
firestopping.
C. Install fill materials for firestopping by proven techniques to produce the following results:
1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and
penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and
penetrating items.
3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce
smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
Tetra Tech PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 07 84 13 / Page 7
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B. Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping is damaged or removed because of
testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping to comply with requirements.
C. Proceed with enclosing penetration firestopping with other construction only after inspection
reports are issued and installations comply with requirements.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as the Work progresses by methods and with
cleaning materials that are approved in writing by penetration firestopping manufacturers and
that do not damage materials in which openings occur.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that
penetration firestopping is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, immediately cut out and remove
damaged or deteriorated penetration firestopping and install new materials to produce systems
complying with specified requirements.
3.6 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE
A. Where UL-classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire
Resistance Directory" under product Category XHEZ.
B. For each location where a fire-resistance-rated floor or wall assembly is penetrated, provide a
UL-listed firestopping system selected from the applicable UL number range listed in the
following chart that complies with this Section and is suitable for the penetration conditions
indicated for the Project.
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Tetra Tech
07 84 13 / Page 8 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
END OF SECTION 07 84 13
Tetra Tech HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 11 13 / Page 1
SECTION 08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes hollow-metal work.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to
NAAMM-HMMA 803.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings,
templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor
bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
B. Coordinate requirements for installation of door hardware, electrified door hardware, and access
control and security systems.
1.5 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals required by this Section concurrently.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction details, material descriptions, core
descriptions, fire-resistance ratings, and finishes.
1. Interior doors and frames.
B. Shop Drawings: Include the following:
1. Elevations of each door type.
2. Details of doors, including vertical- and horizontal-edge details and metal thicknesses.
3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses.
4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware.
5. Details of each different wall opening condition.
08 11 13
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Tetra Tech
08 11 13 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
6. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections.
7. Details of accessories.
C. Product Schedule: For hollow metal doors and frames, prepared by or under the supervision of
supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings.
Coordinate with final Door Hardware Schedule.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver hollow-metal doors and frames palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection
during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic.
B. Store hollow-metal doors and frames vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place
on minimum 4-inch-high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each
stacked door to permit air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company.
2. Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company.
3. Pioneer Industries, Inc.
4. Steelcraft; an Allegion plc company.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow-metal work from single source from single manufacturer.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated, based
on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C.
2.3 INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Construct interior doors and frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials,
fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as
specified.
B. Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2; SDI A250.4, Level B, at all locations
except corrosive environments.
Tetra Tech HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 11 13 / Page 3
1. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
c. Face: Uncoated, cold-rolled steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch.
d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless, continuously welded with no visible
seam.
e. Steel-Stiffened Door Cores: Provide minimum thickness 0.026 inch, steel vertical
stiffeners of same material as face sheets extending full-door height, with vertical
webs spaced not more than 6 inches apart. Spot weld to face sheets no more than 5
inches o.c. Fill spaces between stiffeners with glass- or mineral-fiber insulation.
f. Fire Door Cores: As required to provide fire-protection ratings indicated.
g. Vertical Edges for Single-Acting Doors: Bevel edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches.
h. Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with inverted closures of same
material as face sheets
i. Bottom Edge Closures: Close bottom edges of doors with end closures or channels
of same material as face sheets.
2. Frames:
a. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch for door
openings 48 inches or less, or window frames; minimum thickness of 0.067 inch
for door openings greater than 48 inches.
b. Construction: Full profile welded in factory.
c. Provide countersunk, flat or oval head exposed screws and bolts for exposed
fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
3. Exposed Finish: Prime.
2.4 FRAME ANCHORS
A. Jamb Anchors:
1. Type: Anchors of minimum size and type required by applicable door and frame standard
and suitable for performance level indicated.
2. Quantity: Minimum of three anchors per jamb, with one additional anchor for frames
with no floor anchor. Provide one additional anchor for each 24 inches of frame height
above 7 feet.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Tetra Tech
08 11 13 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3. Postinstalled Expansion Anchor: Minimum 3/8-inch- diameter bolts with expansion
shields or inserts with manufacturer’s standard pipe spacer.
B. Material: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill
phosphatized.
2.5 MATERIALS
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable
for exposed applications.
B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of
scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill
phosphatized.
E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
F. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to
ASTM C 143/C 143M.
G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness
per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components,
and other deleterious impurities.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form
metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical,
fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly
identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment.
B. Hollow-Metal Doors:
C. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment plates or
angles at each joint, fabricated of metal of same or greater thickness as frames.
1. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be
grouted.
2. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:
a. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from top
and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c.
Tetra Tech HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 11 13 / Page 5
3. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers
as follows. Keep holes clear during construction.
a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers.
D. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised
hardware include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to
SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates.
1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door
hardware.
2. Comply with applicable requirements in BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow-
metal work for hardware.
2.7 STEEL FINISHES
A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.
1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer
complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate;
compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure.
2.8 ACCESSORIES
A. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch thick.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frame
installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
D. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and
dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door
hardware.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Tetra Tech
08 11 13 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install hollow-metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in
place. Comply with approved Shop Drawings and with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with
SDI A250.11.
1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent
anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving
surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a. At fire-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80.
b. Where frames are fabricated in sections, field splice at approved locations by
welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush,
and invisible on exposed faces.
c. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening.
d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting.
e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been
properly set and secured.
f. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as
necessary to comply with installation tolerances.
g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that will be filled with grout
containing antifreezing agents.
2. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled
expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible
on exposed faces.
3. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal frames for squareness, alignment, twist,
and plumb to the following tolerances:
a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees
from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line
parallel to plane of wall.
c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on
parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.
C. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit and adjust hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances
specified below. Shim as necessary.
1. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.
Tetra Tech HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 11 13 / Page 7
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final
inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace
defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.
B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after
installation.
C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of
prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.
END OF SECTION 08 11 13
Tetra Tech ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 31 13 / Page 1
SECTION 08 31 13 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Access doors and frames for walls and ceilings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals required by this Section concurrently.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction details, fire ratings, materials,
individual components and profiles, and finishes.
1. Flush access doors with concealed flanges (in plaster).
2. Fire-rated, flush access doors with exposed flanges.
B. Product Schedule: Provide complete access door and frame schedule, including types,
locations, sizes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 that are identical to
access door and frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics according to the
following test method and that are listed and labeled by UL or another testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction:
1. NFPA 252 or UL 10B for fire-rated access door assemblies installed vertically.
08 31 13
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Tetra Tech
08 31 13 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of access door and frame from single source from single
manufacturer.
C. Flush Access Doors with Concealed Flanges (in Plaster):
1. Products:
a. Karp Associates, Inc.; DSC-214PL.
b. Milcor Inc.; K.
2. Assembly Description: Fabricate door to fit flush to frame. Provide frame with plaster
beads for concealed flange installation.
3. Locations: Ceiling.
4. Door Size: as indicated on drawings.
5. Uncoated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.075 inch, 14 gage.
a. Finish: Factory prime.
6. Frame Material: Same material as door; nominal 0.60 inch, 16 gage.
7. Hinges: Spring-loaded, concealed-pin type or continuous piano.
8. Latch: Cam latch operated by screwdriver with interior release.
D. Fire-Rated, Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges:
1. Products:
a. Karp Associates, Inc.; KRP-150FR.
b. Milcor Inc.; UFR.
2. Assembly Description: Fabricate door to fit flush to frame, with a core of mineral-fiber
insulation enclosed in sheet metal. Provide self-latching door with automatic closer and
interior latch release. Provide manufacturer's standard-width exposed flange,
proportional to door size.
3. Locations: Wall.
4. Door Size: as indicated on drawings.
5. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than 1-1/2 hours.
Tetra Tech ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 31 13 / Page 3
6. Uncoated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.036 inch, 20 gage.
a. Finish: Factory prime.
7. Frame Material: Same material and finish as door; nominal 0.060 inch, 16 gage.
8. Hinges: Continuous piano.
9. Latch: Self-latching bolt operated by ring turn with interior release.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Steel Sheet: Uncoated or electrolytic zinc coated, ASTM A 879/A 879M, with cold-rolled steel
sheet substrate complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed.
B. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304. Remove tool and
die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for
installation.
B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials
with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam
marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.
C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish
attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access doors to types of supports
indicated.
1. For concealed flanges with drywall bead, provide edge trim for gypsum board securely
attached to perimeter of frames.
2. For concealed flanges with plaster bead for full-bed plaster applications, provide zinc-
coated expanded metal lath and exposed casing bead welded to perimeter of frames.
3. Provide mounting holes in frames for attachment of units to metal or wood framing.
4. Provide mounting holes in frame for attachment of masonry anchors.
D. Recessed Access Doors: Form face of panel to provide recess for application of applied finish.
Reinforce panel as required to prevent buckling.
1. For recessed doors with plaster infill, provide self-furring expanded metal lath attached to
door panel.
E. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when
closed.
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Tetra Tech
08 31 13 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
2.5 FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of
approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
D. Steel and Metallic-Coated-Steel Finishes:
1. Factory Prime: Apply manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free,
universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames.
B. Install doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation.
B. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged.
END OF SECTION 08 31 13
Tetra Tech FLOOR DOORS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 34 83 / Page 1
SECTION 08 34 83 - FLOOR DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes floor doors.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 08 31 13 "Access Doors and Frames" for wall- and ceiling-mounted access doors
and frames.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, fire ratings, materials, individual components and profiles,
and finishes.
B. Product Schedule: For floor doors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Floor Doors: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a
qualified testing agency according to NFPA 288.
2.2 STEEL FLOOR DOORS
A. Fire-Rated Steel Floor Door:
1. Similar to “Fire Rated Floor Door Type FR” by Bilco
2. Frame: Hot-dip galvanized steel, angle profile.
08 34 83
FLOOR DOORS Tetra Tech
08 34 83 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3. Door: Size and configuration to match existing; manufacturer's standard thickness,
diamond pattern; hot-dip galvanized steel plate; with manufacturer's standard heat-
resistant insulation and fire-rated gasket.
4. Loading Capacity: 300-lbf/sq. ft. pedestrian live load.
5. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard, with liner pan.
6. Hardware:
a. Material and Finish: Manufacturer's standard.
b. Hinges: Heavy-duty butt hinges with stainless-steel pins.
c. Operating Mechanism: Heavy-duty hold-open arm that automatically locks door
open at 90 degrees with fusible-link to automatically close door in event of fire,
release handle with vinyl grip that allows for one-handed closure, adjustable
counterbalancing springs, and recessed lift handle.
d. Latch: Stainless-steel slam latch.
e. Lock: Latch with removable handle; Keyed deadbolt lock; Hasp and staple.
7. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than 1-1/2 hours.
B. Safety Accessories: Safety telescoping safety post.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
B. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with
ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D.
C. Steel Sheet: Uncoated or electrolytic zinc coated, ASTM A 879/A 879M, with cold-rolled steel
sheet substrate complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed.
D. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with
minimum G60 or A60 metallic coating.
E. Rolled-Stainless-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 793, manufacturer's standard finish.
F. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666. Remove tool and die marks and
stretch lines, or blend into finish.
G. Frame Anchors: Same material as door face.
H. Inserts, Bolts, and Anchor Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized steel according to
ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. General: Provide floor doors manufactured as integral units ready for installation.
B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials
with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam
marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.
Tetra Tech FLOOR DOORS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 34 83 / Page 3
C. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and
fasteners of type required to secure floor doors to types of supports indicated.
D. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when
closed.
1. For cylinder locks, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike.
2. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic
grommets and install in holes cut through finish.
2.5 FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of
approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
D. Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron
hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor doors.
B. Apply intumescent fireproofing to underside of floor door cover to minimum thickness required
by intumescent fireproofing manufacturer for fire rating indicated.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation.
END OF SECTION 08 34 83
Tetra Tech DOOR HARDWARE
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 71 00 / Page 1
SECTION 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Mechanical door hardware for the following:
a. Swinging doors.
2. Cylinders for door hardware specified in other Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals (except Samples for Verification) and informational
submittals required by this Section concurrently.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction and installation details,
material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.
1. Hinges.
2. Exit devices and auxiliary items.
3. Lock cylinders.
4. Surface closers.
5. Wall- and floor-mounted stops.
6. Door gasketing.
7. Auxiliary hardware.
B. Shop Drawings.
C. Samples for Verification: For exposed door hardware of each type required, in each finish
specified, prepared on Samples of size indicated below. Tag Samples with full description for
coordination with the door hardware schedule.
1. Sample Size: Full-size units or minimum 2-by-4-inch Samples for sheet and 4-inch long
Samples for other products.
08 71 00
DOOR HARDWARE Tetra Tech
08 71 00 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
D. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing
fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as installation procedures and diagrams.
Coordinate final door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper
size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.
1. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers as in the
Contract Documents.
2. Content: Include the following information:
a. Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, size, and material of each door
and frame.
b. Locations of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings on floor plans
and to door and frame schedule.
c. Complete designations, including name and manufacturer, type, style, function,
size, quantity, function, and finish of each door hardware product.
d. Description of electrified door hardware sequences of operation and interfaces with
other building control systems.
e. Fastenings and other pertinent information.
f. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
g. Mounting locations for door hardware.
E. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer, detailing Owner's final
keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to
unique door designations that are coordinated with the Contract Documents.
F. Warranty: Sample of special warranty specified in this Section.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. Include
final hardware and keying schedule.
B. Warranty: Executed special warranty specified in this Section.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and approved
by product manufacturers and an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is available during the
course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and
keying.
1. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of door hardware from a single manufacturer.
C. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire-rated door assemblies are indicated, provide door
hardware rated for use in assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a
qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive
pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C, unless otherwise indicated.
Tetra Tech DOOR HARDWARE
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 71 00 / Page 3
D. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks do
not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation.
E. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with
the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility
Guidelines, ICC/ANSI A117.1 and building code in effect for Project.
1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the
wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf.
2. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements:
a. Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more
than 1/2 inch high.
4. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door
will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the
leading edge of the door.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to
Project site.
B. Tag each item or package separately with identification coordinated with the final door
hardware schedule, and include installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with
each item or package.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory
prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made
for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements.
B. Existing Openings: Where hardware components are scheduled for application to existing
construction or where modifications to existing door hardware are required, field verify existing
conditions and coordinate installation of door hardware to suit opening conditions and to
provide proper door operation.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
DOOR HARDWARE Tetra Tech
08 71 00 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage.
b. Faulty operation of doors and door hardware.
c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering and use.
2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise
indicated.
a. Exit Devices: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
b. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and
maintenance instructions for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and
replacement of door hardware.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A. Provide door hardware for each door as scheduled in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule" Article
to comply with requirements in this Section.
1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named
manufacturers' products or products equivalent in function and comparable in quality to
named products.
B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive
qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule"
Article. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows:
1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for
each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements.
Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule" Article.
2. References to BHMA Designations: Provide products complying with these designations
and requirements for description, quality, and function.
2.2 HINGES
A. Hinges: BHMA A156.1. Provide template-produced hinges for hinges installed on hollow-
metal doors and hollow-metal frames.
Tetra Tech DOOR HARDWARE
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 71 00 / Page 5
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Hager Companies.
b. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works.
2.3 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES
A. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13; Operational and Security Grade 1; stamped steel case with
steel or brass parts; Series 1000.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Best Access Systems; Div. of Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.
b. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
d. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
2.4 EXIT DEVICES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS
A. Exit Devices and Auxiliary Items: BHMA A156.3.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
b. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North
America.
c. Precision Hardware, Inc.; Division of Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.
d. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. Von Duprin; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
2.5 LOCK CYLINDERS
A. Lock Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel
silver.
1. Manufacturers: Type size and manufacture to match existing and work with existing
master key system.
DOOR HARDWARE Tetra Tech
08 71 00 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
2.6 KEYING
A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28,
Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference.
B. Keys: Nickel silver.
1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include
the following notation:
a. Notation: "DO NOT DUPLICATE."
2. Quantity: Provide three keys.
2.7 SURFACE CLOSERS
A. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep and
latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves and forged-steel main arm. Comply with
manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door,
exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable
to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
b. DORMA Architectural Hardware; Member of The DORMA Group North
America.
c. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
d. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
2.8 MECHANICAL STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Wall- and Floor-Mounted Stops: BHMA A156.16; polished cast brass, bronze, or aluminum
base metal.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Hager Companies.
b. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
c. Rockwood Manufacturing Company.
d. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works.
Tetra Tech DOOR HARDWARE
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 71 00 / Page 7
2.9 DOOR GASKETING
A. Door Gasketing: BHMA A156.22; air leakage not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot of crack length
for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283; with resilient or
flexible seal strips that are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by
manufacturer.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. National Guard Products.
b. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. Reese Enterprises, Inc.
d. Zero International.
2.10 AUXILIARY DOOR HARDWARE
A. Auxiliary Hardware: BHMA A156.16.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Hager Companies.
b. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
c. Rockwood Manufacturing Company.
2.11 FABRICATION
A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer's name or trade
name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire-rated labels and as
otherwise approved by Architect.
1. Manufacturer's identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only.
B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal indicated, fabricated by forming
method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and
hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware
units and BHMA A156.18.
C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates prepared
for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws that comply with commercially
recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not
permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door
hardware, unless otherwise indicated.
DOOR HARDWARE Tetra Tech
08 71 00 / Page 8 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is closed,
except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for
installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only means
of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door
and frame construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt.
2. Fire-Rated Applications:
a. Wood or Machine Screws: For the following:
1) Hinges mortised to doors or frames.
2) Strike plates to frames.
3) Closers to doors and frames.
b. Steel Through Bolts: For the following unless door blocking is provided:
1) Surface hinges to doors.
2) Closers to doors and frames.
3) Surface-mounted exit devices.
3. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors.
4. Gasketing Fasteners: Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and
elsewhere as indicated.
2.12 FINISHES
A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations
in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are
acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to
minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, labeled fire-rated door assembly construction, wall and floor
construction, and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
Tetra Tech DOOR HARDWARE
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 08 71 00 / Page 9
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Steel Doors and Frames: For surface applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and frames
according to ANSI/SDI A250.6.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following unless
otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.
1. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831.
2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for
Wood Flush Doors."
B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where
cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be
painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface
protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 09 Sections. Do not install
surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.
1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment
substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space
fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.
C. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than
the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30
inches of door height, whichever is more stringent.
D. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction
period.
1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as indicated in keying schedule.
E. Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control system
cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule.
F. Stops: Provide wall stops for doors unless other type stops are indicated in door hardware
schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic.
G. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to
ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to
operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating
and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.
DOOR HARDWARE Tetra Tech
08 71 00 / Page 10 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately six months after date of Substantial Completion,
Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant shall examine and readjust each item of door
hardware, including adjusting operating forces, as necessary to ensure function of doors, door
hardware, and electrified door hardware.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.
B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware and door hardware finishes. Refer to Division 01
Section "Demonstration and Training."
3.7 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Door Hardware Set.
3’-0” x 7’-2” x 1-3/4” HM door, HM frame;180 minute rating; each opening to have the following:
Qty. Item Product Finish Manufacturer
3 ea Hinges QH CB1900R 4 ½ 4 ½ 639 ST
1 ea Fire Exit Device 9875L-06 630AM VO
1 ea Cylinder Match Existing 626 Match
1 ea Closer 4011 REG 689 LC
1 set Gasketing 2525B NA
1 ea Wall Bumper 1270CV 626 TR
END OF SECTION 08 71 00
Tetra Tech NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 09 22 16 / Page 1
SECTION 09 22 16 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior gypsum board and plaster
assemblies.
1.3 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals required by this Section concurrently.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Studs and runners.
2. Fasteners for metal framing.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and installer.
1. Submit documentation or certification of each requirement.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
B. Installer Qualifications:
1. At least 10 completed projects of similar size and scope.
2. Installation to meet ASTM C754.
09 22 16
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Tetra Tech
09 22 16 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of
preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent.
2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of
preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent.
B. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless
otherwise indicated.
2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot-dip galvanized, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.
1. Steel Studs and Runners:
a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.033 inch.
b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings.
D. Steel Track: Manufacturer’s standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated,
unpunched, with straight flanges and as follows:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.033 inch.
2. Minimum Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches.
E. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.053-inch minimum base-metal thickness, with
minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges.
1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches.
2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch-thick, galvanized steel.
2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards.
1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding
power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. Including but
not limited to the following:
a. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling,
self-tapping, steel drill screws.
Tetra Tech NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 09 22 16 / Page 3
b. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application
indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load
capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC70, greater than or equal to the
design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified
testing agency.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames,
cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions
affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing indicated.
1. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 844
that apply to framing installation.
B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim,
grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.
C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.
D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing
members. Frame both sides of joints independently.
3.3 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES
A. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction.
1. Space studs as follows:
a. Single-Layer Application: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.
b. Multilayer Application: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Tetra Tech
09 22 16 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
B. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural
supports or substrates above suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating
partitions above ceiling.
1. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required
for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to
match framing required above door heads.
C. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than
1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.
END OF SECTION 09 22 16
Tetra Tech GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 09 26 13 / Page 1
SECTION 09 26 13 - GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Gypsum veneer plaster and gypsum base for veneer plaster.
1.3 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals required by this Section concurrently.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. High-strength, two-component, gypsum veneer plaster.
2. Gypsum base for veneer plaster, type X.
3. Backing panels for multilayer application.
4. Standard trim.
5. Joint tape.
6. Embedding material for joint tape.
7. Steel drill screws.
8. Sound attenuation blankets.
9. Acoustical joint sealant.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, and bundles bearing brand name and
identification of manufacturer or supplier.
B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from
weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes.
C. Stack panels flat on leveled supports off floor or slab to prevent sagging.
09 26 13
GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING Tetra Tech
09 26 13 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 843 requirements or gypsum veneer plaster
manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.
B. Room Temperatures: Maintain not less than 55 deg F or more than 80 deg F for seven days
before application of gypsum base and gypsum veneer plaster, continuously during application,
and after application until veneer plaster is dry.
C. Avoid conditions that result in gypsum veneer plaster drying too rapidly.
1. Distribute heat evenly; prevent concentrated or uneven heat on veneer plaster.
2. Maintain relative humidity levels, for prevailing ambient temperature, that produce
normal drying conditions.
3. Ventilate building spaces in a manner that prevents drafts of air from contacting surfaces
during veneer plaster application until it is dry.
D. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,
discoloration, sagging, and irregular shape.
2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER
A. High-Strength, Two-Component Gypsum Veneer Plaster: ASTM C 587, ready-mixed, base-
coat plaster and smooth finish-coat veneer plaster containing mill-mixed, fine silica sand; with a
compressive strength of 3000 psi when tested according to ASTM C 472.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. USG Corporation:
1) Base Coat: Imperial Basecoat Plaster.
2) Smooth Finish Coat: Imperial Finish Plaster.
2.2 PANEL PRODUCTS
A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each
area and that correspond with support system indicated.
Tetra Tech GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 09 26 13 / Page 3
B. Gypsum Base for Veneer Plaster, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. CertainTeed Corp.; ProRoc Veneer Plaster Base, Type X.
b. National Gypsum Company; Kal-Core Fire-Shield, Type X.
c. USG Corporation; Imperial Firecode Gypsum Base.
2. Thickness: 5/8 inch.
2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Standard Trim: ASTM C 1047, provided or approved by manufacturer for use in gypsum
veneer plaster applications indicated.
1. Material: Galvanized-steel sheet or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc.
2. Shapes:
a. Cornerbead.
b. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive veneer plaster.
2.4 JOINT REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with joint strength requirements in ASTM C 587 and with gypsum veneer
plaster manufacturer's written recommendations for each application indicated.
B. Joint Tape:
1. Gypsum Base for Veneer Plaster: As recommended by gypsum veneer plaster
manufacturer for applications indicated.
C. Embedding Material for Joint Tape:
1. Gypsum Base for Veneer Plaster: As recommended by gypsum veneer plaster
manufacturer for use with joint-tape material and gypsum veneer plaster applications
indicated.
2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced product standards and
manufacturer's written recommendations.
B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated.
1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from
0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.
GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING Tetra Tech
09 26 13 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold
damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
D. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.2 PRE-ENCLOSURE REVIEW
A. Notify Architect prior to applying panels to allow observation of framing installation, including
supplementary framing and blocking.
3.3 INSTALLING PANELS, GENERAL
A. Gypsum Base for Veneer Plaster: Apply according to ASTM C 844 unless manufacturer's
written recommendations are more stringent.
1. Do not allow gypsum base to degrade from exposure to sunlight, as evidenced by fading
of paper facing.
2. Erection Tolerance: No more than 1/16-inch offsets between planes of gypsum base
panels, and 1/8 inch in 8 feet noncumulative, for level, plumb, warp, and bow.
B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid
abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent
panels not less than one framing member.
C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with
not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.
D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate
supports or back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut
edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not locate joints, other
than control joints, at corners of framed openings.
E. Attach panels to studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported)
edges of stud flanges first.
F. Attach panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts.
G. Form control joints with space between edges of adjoining panels.
H. Wood Framing: Install panels over wood framing, with "floating" internal corner construction.
Do not attach panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including floor joists and
headers. "Float" panels over these members or provide control joints to counteract wood
shrinkage.
Tetra Tech GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 09 26 13 / Page 5
I. Fastener Spacing: Comply with ASTM C 844, manufacturer's written recommendations, and
fire-resistance-rating requirements.
1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. along framing members for wall or ceiling
application.
3.4 INSTALLING PANELS
A. Install panels for veneer plaster in locations indicated on Drawings.
B. Single-Layer Application:
1. On ceilings, apply gypsum base panels before wall panels, to the greatest extent possible
and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated.
C. Fasteners: Drive fasteners flush with gypsum base surface. Do not overdrive fasteners or cause
surface depressions.
D. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum base panels to supports with steel drill screws.
3.5 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: Install trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, and attach to framing with same
fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Trim: Install in the following locations:
1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated.
2. U-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.
3.6 INSTALLING JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. Gypsum Base: Reinforce interior angles and flat joints with joint tape and embedding material
to comply with ASTM C 843 and with gypsum veneer plaster manufacturer's written
recommendations.
3.7 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING
A. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Mixing: Mechanically mix gypsum veneer plaster materials to comply
with ASTM C 843 and with gypsum veneer plaster manufacturer's written recommendations.
B. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Application: Comply with ASTM C 843 and with veneer plaster
manufacturer's written recommendations.
GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING Tetra Tech
09 26 13 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1. Two-Component Gypsum Veneer Plaster:
a. Base Coat: Hand trowel or machine apply base coat over substrate to a uniform
thickness of 1/16 to 3/32 inch. Fill all voids and imperfections.
b. Finish Coat: Trowel apply finish-coat plaster over base-coat plaster to a uniform
thickness of 1/16 to 3/32 inch.
2. Where gypsum veneer plaster abuts only metal door frames, windows, and other units,
groove finish coat to eliminate spalling.
3. Do not apply veneer plaster to gypsum base if paper facing has degraded from exposure
to sunlight. Before applying veneer plaster, use remedial methods to restore bonding
capability to degraded paper facing according to manufacturer's written
recommendations and as approved by Architect.
C. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Finish: Smooth-troweled finish unless otherwise indicated.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed gypsum veneer plaster from damage from weather, condensation, construction,
and other causes during remainder of the construction period.
B. Remove and replace gypsum veneer plaster and gypsum base panels that are wet, moisture
damaged, or mold damaged.
1. Indications that gypsum base panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not
limited to, discoloration, sagging, and irregular shape.
2. Indications that gypsum base panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to,
fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 09 26 13
Tetra Tech PAINTING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 09 91 00 / Page 1
SECTION 09 91 00 – PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and application of paint systems, for the following:
1. Interior applications.
a. Painting systems indicated on Drawings and in Schedules applied to new and
existing interior surfaces and related components including but not limited to
items such as hollow metal doors frames, doors, access doors, trim pieces,
window sash and trim etc., unless otherwise indicated, including appropriate
surface preparation for all new or existing surfaces to be painted including
previously painted surfaces and surfaces with existing wall coverings
1.3 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals (except Samples for Verification) and informational
submittals required by this Section concurrently.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product for substrates indicated. Include preparation
requirements and application instructions. Include all paint products under one cover sheet.
1. Interior steel.
2. Interior plaster.
3. Interior gypsum board.
B. Samples for Verification and Initial Color Selection: For each type of finish system and in each
color and gloss of finish indicated.
1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square.
2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system.
3. Label each coat of each Sample.
4. Label each Sample for location and application area.
09 91 00
PAINTING Tetra Tech
09 91 00 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual, experienced in applying finishes specified in
this Section, who has successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in
nature, size, and extent to this Project; familiar with special requirements indicated; and with
sufficient trained staff to apply manufacturer's products according to specified requirements.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient
temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply finishes only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures
are between 50 and 95 deg F.
B. Do not apply finishes when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5
deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
C. Lighting: Do not install finishes until a lighting level of not less than 80 fc is provided on the
surfaces to receive finishing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, by a single source manufacture, but
are not limited to, the following:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co.
2. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.
3. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in Part 3 articles for
the application indicated.
2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each finish system that are compatible with one another
and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by
manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
Tetra Tech PAINTING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 09 91 00 / Page 3
2. For each coat in a finish system, provide products recommended in writing by
manufacturers of topcoat for use in finish system and on substrate indicated.
3. Provide products of same manufacturer for each coat in a finish system.
B. VOC Compliance: All paint products shall meet New York requirements for Volatile Organic
Compound (VOC) and Ozone Transport Commission (OTC) regulations, January 2005.
C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements
for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture
meter as follows:
a. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
b. Plaster: 8 percent.
B. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth.
C. Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured.
D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing
finishes and primers.
E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and
conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are
not to be finished. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item,
provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and finishing.
1. After completing finishing operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to
reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection.
B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of finishes, including dust, dirt, oil,
grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove incompatible primers and re-prime substrate with compatible primers or apply
tie coat as required to produce finish systems indicated.
PAINTING Tetra Tech
09 91 00 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
C. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods
recommended in writing by paint manufacturer but not less than the following:
1. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
2. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal."
D. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop
paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with
SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.
E. Cotton or Canvas Insulation Covering Substrates: Remove dust, dirt, and other foreign material
that might impair bond of paints to substrates.
F. Alteration Work: Comply with applicable surface preparation requirements specified and as
recommended by finish materials manufacturer for existing surfaces to receive paint or other
finishes, including cleaning, sanding, and roughening as required for proper adherence of new
finish material.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply finishes according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for finish and substrate indicated.
2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces.
Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture
with prime coat only.
3. Paint back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items
to match exposed surfaces.
4. Do not apply paints over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name,
identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of
the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat, but provide
sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film
has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance.
D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks,
runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks.
E. Alterations: Finish new surfaces adjacent to unaltered existing surfaces with finish of same type
and surface texture as corresponding adjacent surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Finish
patched, damaged, or extended surfaces to match existing surfaces.
Tetra Tech PAINTING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 09 91 00 / Page 5
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from
Project site.
B. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by
washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from finish operation. Correct damage by cleaning,
repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged
condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or
defaced finished surfaces.
3.5 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Steel Substrates:
1. First Coat:
a. Benjamin Moore & Co.; Acrylic Metal Primer P04.
b. PPG Architectural Finishes; Inc.; Pitt-Tech Interior/Exterior Industrial DTM
Primer/Finish Enamel 90-712.
c. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); DTM Acrylic Primer Finish B66W1.
2. Second and Third Coats (Semi-Gloss):
a. Benjamin Moore & Co.; DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss P29.
b. PPG Architectural Finishes; Inc.; Pitt-Tech Industrial DTM Acrylic Satin 90-474.
c. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); DTM Acrylic Coating S/G (B66-200 Series)
or Gloss (B66-100 Series.)
B. Plaster Substrates:
1. First Coat:
a. Benjamin Moore & Co.; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Underbody 253.
b. PPG Architectural Finishes; Inc.; Perma-Crete Alkali-Resistant Primer 4-603.
c. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer
A24W8300.
2. Second and Third Coats (Eggshell):
a. Benjamin Moore & Co.; N538 Ultra Spec 500 Interior Eggshell.
b. PPG Architectural Finishes; Inc.; Speedhide Zero Interior Latex Eggshell 6-4310.
c. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Pro Mar 200 0 VOC Interior Latex Egg Shell
(B20-2600 Series.)
PAINTING Tetra Tech
09 91 00 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
C. Gypsum Board Substrates:
1. First Coat:
a. Benjamin Moore & Co.; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Underbody 253.
b. PPG Architectural Finishes; Inc.; Speedhide Interior Latex Primer/Sealer 6-2
c. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Pro Mar 200 Wall Primer (B28W8200.)
2. Second and Third Coats (Eggshell):
a. Benjamin Moore & Co.;N538 Ultra Spec 500 Interior Eggshell.
b. PPG Architectural Finishes; Inc.; Speedhide Interior Latex Eggshell 6-411.
c. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Pro Mar 200 Interior Latex Low Sheen (B20-
Series.)
END OF SECTION 09 91 00
Tetra Tech SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 22 13 19 / Page 1
SECTION 22 13 19 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Grease interceptors.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
characteristics, and accessories for the following:
1. Grease interceptors.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Field quality-control reports.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For drainage piping specialties to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic sanitary
piping specialty components.
22 13 19
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES Tetra Tech
22 13 19 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GREASE INTERCEPTORS
A. Grease Interceptors:
1. Cast-Iron or Steel Grease Interceptors:
a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Jay R.
Smith Mfg. Co.; Model 800-T02-04 or comparable product by one of the following:
1) MIFAB, Inc.
2) Schier Products Company.
3) Watts Drainage Products.
4) Zurn Plumbing Products Group.
2. Standard: ASME A112.14.3, for intercepting and retaining fats, oils, and greases from
exhaust hood air streams.
3. Body Material: Cast iron or steel.
4. Interior Lining: Corrosion-resistant enamel.
5. Exterior Coating: Corrosion-resistant enamel.
6. Body Dimensions: 9-5/8 inches tall, 12-1/4 inches long and 13 inches wide.
7. Body Extension: Not required.
8. Flow Rate: 4 gpm.
9. Grease Retention Capacity: 8 lbs.
10. Inlet and Outlet Size: 2 inches.
11. End Connections: No-Hub.
12. Cleanout: Integral or field installed on outlet.
13. Mounting: Above floor.
14. Flow-Control Fitting: Not required.
15. Operation: Manual cleaning.
Tetra Tech SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 22 13 19 / Page 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in of sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of
specialties installations.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install grease interceptors, including trapping, venting, and flow-control fitting, according to
authorities having jurisdiction and with clear space for servicing.
1. Above-Floor Installation: Set unit with bottom resting on floor, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Install cleanout immediately downstream from interceptors not having integral cleanout on
outlet.
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
B. Grease Interceptors: Connect inlet and outlet to unit, and connect flow-control fitting and vent to
unit inlet piping.
3.4 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign
on or near each of the following:
1. Grease interceptors.
B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety
and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to
identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for
Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until
no leaks exist.
2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES Tetra Tech
22 13 19 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and
to prevent damage from traffic or construction work.
END OF SECTION 22 13 19
Tetra Tech MECHANICAL CLEANING AND RESTORATION
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 01 30 / Page 1
SECTION 23 01 30 - MECHANICAL CLEANING AND RESTORATION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Provide NADCA certified Air Systems Cleaning Specialist (ASCS) subcontractor to perform
cleaning as outlined herein where cleaning is called for on the drawings or elsewhere in the
specifications.
B. Perform cleaning as outlined herein where new equipment cleaning is required due to failure to
protect new mechanical equipment from construction debris and dust during the course of
construction. All new work shall be subject to Owner’s visual cleanliness verification as described
below.
C. Scope of Work:
1. Provide all labor, materials, facilities, equipment and services to thoroughly clean HVAC
systems as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. The Cleaning work for each
HVAC unit, system components, and associated ductwork include the following:
a. Fan(s):
1) Unit enclosure
2) Fan assembly
3) Condensate pan
4) Intake plenum(s)
b. Exhaust ductwork, including ductwork plenums, branches, risers, and similar
components.
c. Air terminal devices, i.e. kitchen hoods.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Clean HVAC system in accordance with latest edition of following standards:
1. Assessment, Cleaning And Restoration of HVAC Systems – 2013 (ACR-2013), published
by the National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA)
2. Requirement for the Installation of Service Opening in HVAC Systems, NADCA 05-1997
3. Standard for the Methodology for Cleaning Commercial Kitchen Exhaust Systems -
ANSI/IKECA C10-2016, published by the International Kitchen Exhaust Cleaning
Association (IKECA).
4. Plans and specifications, which may exceed requirements in referenced standards.
23 01 30
MECHANICAL CLEANING AND RESTORATION Tetra Tech
23 01 30 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with requirements of section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures - Conventional and as
modified below.
B. Contractor: ASCS Agency shall be approved before beginning cleaning and restoration work.
Submit the following for approval within 30 days after award of Contract:
1. Name of proposed ASCS Agency along with statement of qualifications, copy of NADCA
certifications, list of equipment to be used in cleaning and restoration work, and 3 local
references for comparable recent jobs.
2. Detailed description of methods, including cut sheets of equipment to be used that can
document, clean and coat up to a minimum of 50 lineal feet of ductwork in each direction
per access point, per paragraph 3.3
3. Product descriptions, specifications, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) on all
solvents, cleaners, disinfectants, adhesives, and coatings to be used on Project.
C. Prior to beginning cleaning work, submit a coordinated work schedule showing estimated dates of
cleaning work from start to finish required to perform the cleaning services. Include Construction
Manager’s initialed approval of schedule, and submit schedule for Architect’s information purposes
only not their approval.
D. ASCS Agency:
1. Submit information as detailed above and as required to secure approval to begin work.
2. Submit shop drawings locating all proposed duct penetrations and required ceiling access
openings in gyp / plaster ceilings.
3. A letter signed by the certified ASCS supervisor of this project’s cleaning and restoration
work stating that the cleaning work was completed according to the requirements in this
specification and scope of work, and that the work is ready for the Owner’s inspection and
verification of cleanliness. Submit this letter ON THE SAME DAY that the cleaning work
is ready for inspection, immediately following completion, so as to not delay inspection and
subsequent coating and sealing work.
4. Post Cleaning Report: Submit promptly upon completion of cleaning, early in project so
remedial recommendations can be acted upon in timely fashion. Submit information in
typed report format as specified below, minimum three copies. Guarantee all results.
Report format shall consist of the following:
a. Title sheet with job name, Contractor, Architect, Engineer, date, ASCS Agency's
name, address, telephone number and contact person's name.
b. Evidence of current ASCS Agency Certification as outlined below.
c. A letter signed by the certified ASCS supervisor of this project’s cleaning and
restoration work stating that the cleaning work was completed according to the
requirements in this specification and scope of work
Tetra Tech MECHANICAL CLEANING AND RESTORATION
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 01 30 / Page 3
d. Photographic or video documentation of representative concealed areas of the
ductwork systems cleaned, and the equipment cleaned, per the scope of work, both
before and after cleaning. Include all photographs described in “verification” below.
CD or DVD preferred.
e. A written description of the general condition of each item of equipment cleaned and
restored, with special notes and photographs of areas of the system found to be
damaged, in need of repair, and / or requiring restoration work beyond the specified
scope of project contract work.
E. Include in “as-built” project record drawings marked up locations of ASCS access points.
F. Contract Closeout Submittals: Comply with section 3.6. Comply with requirements of section 01
77 00 – Closeout Procedures, including submission of operating and maintenance instructions as
item in "Operating and Maintenance Data" manual described in that section.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
1. HVAC Air Systems Cleaning Subcontractor (ASCS): Full time project supervisor personnel
must be certified by NADCA as an Air Systems Cleaning Specialist. Company must have a
minimum of two ASCS personnel on staff, and have at least 5 years of experience in
commercial duct cleaning for projects similar in scope and complexity.
a. In addition to General Liability coverage, contractor must maintain Contractors
Pollution Liability, Professional Liability. Coverages must not exclude mold.
Minimum limits required for all coverages: Each Claim $1,000,000, General
Aggregate $2,000,000
2. Sheet Metal Installer/Fabricator: Experienced contractor specializing in sheet metal
fabrication and installation. All work to be in accordance with Section 23 31 00 – Air Ducts
and Section 23 33 00 – Air Duct Accessories and other applicable sections of division 23 of
this document.
1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. For systems to remain operational during normal work hours, submit procedure for cleaning
ductwork and installing filters that minimizes contamination of previously cleaned areas. Verify
schedule before bid. Obtain Architect’s and Owner’s approval of this sequence prior to starting
cleaning.
MECHANICAL CLEANING AND RESTORATION Tetra Tech
23 01 30 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Sanitizer - EPA registered sanitizer that is specific for application inside HVAC / ductwork
systems, such as “BBJ Microbiocide” as manufactured by BBJ Chemical Compounds, or approved
equal. Applications shall be in compliance with label instructions. Sanitizers shall not be applied to
porous surfaces, such as fiberglass liner.
B. Degreasing Agent: Emulsifying agent of detergent or caustic base as required to remove residual
grease deposits from interior surfaces of kitchen hood exhaust duct.
C. Duct Access Doors: Provide access doors as described in Section 23 33 00 – Air Duct Accessories
for all access openings made in ductwork. Minimum access door size: the larger of 12 inches by 12
inches or 50% of duct transverse dimension, up to a maximum of 24 inches by 24 inches.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions (by ASCS): Examine conditions under which mechanical cleaning and
restoration is to be performed and notify Prime Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental
to proper and timely work. Coordinate with project abatement work. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
1. Commencement of cleaning constitutes acceptance of conditions of area in which cleaning is
to be performed and all defects in cleaning resulting from such accepted service will be
corrected without additional expense to Owner.
2. Before commencing work, report ducts and equipment previously damaged or where process
has capability of damaging equipment, duct, or lining. Report in writing to prime Contractor,
Architect, and Owner. Obtain decision to clean and/or encapsulate these areas from
Architect after review of Contractor's findings and Architect has seen field conditions.
B. Examination and Verification of Cleaning Equipment Hygiene (by Owner): Before commencing
work, ASCS shall present cleaning equipment to Owner’s representative with letter signed by
ASCS officer certifying equipment has been cleaned and de-contaminated subsequent to last use off
Owner’s site, and shall demonstrate that said equipment is visibly clean to Owner’s satisfaction,
with all new air filters, and will not import contamination to Owner’s property. Used filters shall
not be brought on to Owner’s site.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Disassemble all removable items as required for access to work area. Store removed items in
storage area approved by Architect until completion of cleaning.
B. Protect fire protection devices (such as smoke detectors, panel, etc.) prior to cleaning procedures.
Clean and test fire protection devices at conclusion of cleaning.
Tetra Tech MECHANICAL CLEANING AND RESTORATION
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 01 30 / Page 5
C. Coordinate shutdown and reactivating of fire alarm system to avoid accidental alarms during
cleaning process and related activities.
D. Coordinate shutdown of air handling equipment with Owner before starting cleaning, and conform
to OSHA requirements regarding fan motor disconnect lock-out/tag-out.
E. Protect all Owner’s property within or adjacent to work area from damage due to cleaning
operations. Verify pre-existing damage before beginning work.
3.3 CLEANING METHODS
A. HVAC systems shall be cleaned and refurbished using Source Removal mechanical cleaning
methods as described in ACR-2005 and in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Containment. Collect debris removed during cleaning and take precautions to ensure that
debris is not otherwise dispersed outside ACS during cleaning process. After ACS cleaning,
clean any areas that could be affected by cleaning as clean as their condition prior to
commencement of cleaning operations.
2. Particulate Collection: Where Particulate Collection Equipment is exhausting inside
building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97% collection efficiency for 0.3 micron size particles
(see EPA's Building Air Quality). When Particulate Collection Equipment is exhausting
outside building, precautions shall be taken to ensure that exhausted air does not re-enter the
building or cause any damage by accumulation of debris on the adjacent property.
3. Liquid Collection: Where liquid cleaning waste is generated, collect all drainage and legally
dispose of same. Liquid waste must not be disposed of down any facility drain, be it floor
drain, to the sanitary sewer, or through kitchen grease traps, without written prior approval
from AHJ and Owner’s authorized representative.
4. Filtration Integrity. When using particulate collection equipment inside the building,
contractors shall be able to certify equipment effectiveness of 99.97% collection efficiency
for 0.3 micron size particles through DOP test results, from an independent testing agency,
for any collection devices intended for use on a particular job. Where contact vacuuming is
required, the equipment used shall be HEPA filtered vacuums.
5. Agitation Equipment for Cleaning Ductwork:
a. The contractor is required to remove all debris from the inside surface areas, e.g. the
top, bottom, and sides of rectangular duct and the entire circumference of round and
oval duct by creating the least number of access openings possible. The agitation
equipment must be capable of thoroughly cleaning up to 50 lineal feet of ductwork in
each direction per access opening. Owner’s representative must approve any
exceptions. High power/ volume vacuum alone is not an acceptable method of
agitation.
6. Coating Equipment for Application of Insulation Coating Material in Fiberglass Lined
Ductwork and Components: Coating material for fiberglass lined ductwork must be applied
in the ductwork by creating the least number of access openings possible. The coating
application equipment must be capable of thoroughly coating up to 50 linear feet of
ductwork in each direction per access opening. Owner’s representative must approve any
exceptions. In no case shall an encapsulant, coating, or adhesive be applied prior to or in lieu
of source removal mechanical cleaning, as required in this section, 3.3.
MECHANICAL CLEANING AND RESTORATION Tetra Tech
23 01 30 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
7. Controlling Odors. Take all reasonable measures to control offensive odors and/or mist
vapors during cleaning process.
8. Component Cleaning. Employ cleaning methods such that all non-porous surface
components are visibly clean. Upon completion, return all components to settings recorded
just prior to cleaning operations.
9. Air Volume Control Devices: Mark position of dampers and any air-directional mechanical
devices inside ductwork prior to cleaning and, upon completion, restore components to their
marked position.
10. Access Openings. Cut access openings in duct as required to perform cleaning operations.
Repair any access opening cuts with access doors. Show all proposed locations and sizes on
submittal drawings. Review with Project Engineer or owner’s representative prior to
installation.
11. Health and Safety
a. Comply with all applicable federal, state and local requirements for protecting safety
of contractors' employees, building occupants, and environment. In particular, follow
all applicable standards of Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
when working in accordance with this standard.
b. Do not employ processes or materials in such manner that adverse health effects to
building occupants, cleaning contractors, or general public are created.
c. Disposal of Debris: Dispose of all debris removed from ACS in accordance with all
applicable federal, state and local requirements.
B. Mechanical Cleaning:
1. Duct Surfaces:
a. Mechanically brush and vacuum interior of all ducts such that all metal surfaces are
visibly clean and capable of “Non-Porous Surfaces Cleaning Verification” as
described in NADCA Standards. Clean complete from air inlets through system to air
outlets. Do not use cleaning method which could potentially damage components of
ductwork or negatively alter integrity of system.
b. Additionally, clean grease duct in accordance with accepted grease duct cleaning
practices as described in IKECA C10-2016, using degreasing agents, pressure
washing, scrubbing, and other non-destructive methods as required to return duct to a
clean grease free interior. Collect all drainage.
c. Flexible Duct: Replace with new or clean all flexible duct as specified. Clean using
soft rotary brushes and negative air machine or comparable.
d. Clean all plenum casing, diffuser plenums, and sound attenuators as ductwork.
e. Duct exterior: Remove all loose debris and mechanically brush, vacuum, and wash
such that all surfaces are visibly clean. Duct exterior shall not be subject to
verification per NADCA Standards.
Tetra Tech MECHANICAL CLEANING AND RESTORATION
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 01 30 / Page 7
f. Duct Mounted Dampers: Clean and restore performance per description below.
g. Re-insulate system as required by the application, including replacement of any
insulation removed or damaged during cleaning work. Document all pre-existing
damage.
2. Air Handling Units:
a. Applies to all mechanically driven air moving equipment, as applicable. Include
plenums, filter section, mixing boxes, return and supply air fans, dampers, coils, and
all other components not specifically mentioned.
b. General: Mechanically brush and vacuum interior of air handling units such that all
metal surfaces are visibly clean and capable of “Non-Porous Surfaces Cleaning
Verification” as described in NADCA Standards. Ensure internally lined air handlers
are visibly clean; however, such surfaces are not subject to testing per NADCA
Standards. Do not use cleaning method which could potentially damage components
or negatively alter integrity of system. Coat and encapsulate all air handling unit
fiberglass lining to deter further deterioration and breakdown.
c. Additionally, clean grease duct exhaust fans in accordance with accepted grease duct
cleaning practices, using degreasing agents, pressure washing, scrubbing, and other
non-destructive methods as required to return duct to a clean grease free interior.
Collect all drainage.
d. Fan Section: Scrape, brush, pressure wash, and vacuum impellers such that they are
visibly clean and capable of passing “Non-Porous Surfaces Cleaning Verification” as
described in NADCA Standards. Ensure cleaning methods do not cause any
displacement, imbalance, and otherwise damage impeller. Replace belts with
matching belts as described in Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC.
Clean, lubricate and adjust motor mounts and drive system. Report on condition of
impeller, drive and driven sheaves, bearings, shaft, and any other fan components
affecting performance.
e. Exterior of equipment: Remove all loose debris and mechanically brush, vacuum, and
wash exterior of all equipment such that all surfaces are visibly clean.
f. Re-insulate system as required by the application, including replacement of any
insulation removed or damaged during cleaning work. Document all pre-existing
damage.
3.4 VERIFICATION
A. All work shall be subject to demonstration of visual cleanliness by ASCS and verification of
cleanliness by Owner, and:
1. ASCS shall report to Owner and Architect promptly when ready for inspection.
2. ASCS shall schedule visual cleanliness demonstration at Owner’s convenience as soon after
cleaning work as possible. Coordinate schedule of work with Owner in advance as required
to expedite.
MECHANICAL CLEANING AND RESTORATION Tetra Tech
23 01 30 / Page 8 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3. Guide Owner and Architect’s rep on cleanliness demonstration tour: provide equipment to,
and take, high resolution digital (6 megapixal minimum) photographic documentation of
remote interior duct locations of Owner’s and Architect’s choice, at least one photograph per
50 feet of duct cleaned.
4. Verification must occur, at Owner’s discretion, before application of insulation repair
coating, disinfectants, or any other materials; and prior to the HVAC system being restored
to normal operation.
5. An interior surface is considered verified visibly clean when it is free from non-adhered
substances and debris to the Owner’s satisfaction. “Non-adhered substance” shall be defined
in accordance with ACR-2005: “any material not intended or designed to be present in an
HVAC system, and which can be removed by contact vacuuming.”
a. If a component is verified visibly clean then no further cleanliness verification is
required.
b. In the event there is disagreement concerning whether a surface is visibly clean,
contractor shall conduct Surface Comparison Testing in accordance with section 12.2
of ACR-2005.
3.5 SANITIZING AND COATING
A. After systems are verified visibly clean by Owner:
1. Install insulation repair coating on all insulation / acoustical liners exposed to system air
flow.
2. Repair and / or replace all insulation removed or damaged during cleaning work.
3. Sanitize all systems cleaned using sanitizer specified above.
3.6 DOCUMENTATION OF CLEANED SANITIZED SYSTEMS
A. Owner may, at their discretion, retain an independent testing agency to promptly test cleanliness
and sanitation of cleaned and sanitized surfaces subject to and in accordance with “Non-Porous
Surfaces Cleaning Verification” as described in NADCA Standards. Using proper sampling
protocols and analytical procedures as defined by the American Industrial Hygiene Association
(AIHA), surface swipes taken in representative areas of the HVAC system and ductwork shall not
exceed the following levels for microbial concentrations: 10,000(CFU/inch2).
3.7 REMEDY
A. If any areas fail Owner’s visual cleanliness verification testing and Surface Comparison Testing, or
their subsequent sanitation testing, contractor shall re-clean and re-test portions of, up to entire
system, at no additional cost to Owner as required to pass Owner’s testing.
END OF SECTION 23 01 30
Tetra Tech COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 00 / Page 1
SECTION 23 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Definitions, references, and abbreviations.
2. General regulatory requirements.
3. General requirements regarding site/field conditions including existing conditions and
field measurements.
4. Sequencing and scheduling including coordination.
5. Definition of design equipment and procedures for consideration of specified equivalents,
proposed equivalents, or substitutions.
6. HVAC demolition.
7. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.
8. Minimum material requirements and equipment verification.
9. Electrical components for HVAC Work
10. Mechanical penetrations, waterproofing, and sealants.
11. Fire-stopping
12. Access doors
13. Painting and finishing.
14. General requirements for demonstration of completed systems
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces,
pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings,
unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied
spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by
building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases.
23 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Tetra Tech
23 05 00 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions
and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures.
Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
F. “Design Equipment”, “Design Make”, “Basis of Design”, and similar terms: Equipment,
specified in Technical Specification Section or on Contract Drawings using applicable
manufacturer’s designation, that forms the basis for performance requirements, physical
dimensions, configuration, and similar aspects used in the design of this Project including (but
not limited to) physical configuration of surrounding construction and location of connections to
other components.
G. Specified Equivalents: Products identified in Technical Specification Section that may provide
performance complying with specified requirements but may not have the same arrangement,
configuration, size, construction, or other aspects as the specified Design Equipment. Refer to
Section 00 21 13 - Instructions to Bidders, and Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures for
additional information and requirements regarding equivalents and substitutions.
H. “Equivalents”, “Proposed Equivalents”, “Proposed Products” and similar terms: These terms
may be used interchangeably and mean the same thing: Products NOT identified in Technical
Specification Section that the Contractor proposes in accordance with Section 00 21 13 -
Instructions to Bidders and Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures.
I. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from
those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor, all in accordance with
Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS
A. Abbreviations: Reference to technical society, organization, body or section made in Division
23 in accordance with the following abbreviations:
1. AIA American Institute of Architects
2. ADA Americans with Disabilities Act.
3. AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.
4. ANSI American National Standards Institute
5. ASCS Air Systems Cleaning Specialist
6. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
7. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers International
8. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials International
9. AWS American Welding Society
10. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
11. NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association
12. NEC National Electric Code
13. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
14. NFPA National Fire Protection Association
15. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
16. UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
Tetra Tech COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 00 / Page 3
1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide complete systems, properly connected, tested, balanced, adjusted, and ready for
operation, including all necessary and required controls, safeties, details and accessories,
including (but not limited to):
1. Demolition and removals required for equipment and system installation.
2. Piping systems and related equipment.
3. Ventilation systems and related equipment.
4. Support Systems and related equipment.
5. Insulation Systems and related equipment.
6. Miscellaneous items required for equipment and system installation.
7. Electrical power wiring to equipment furnished in this contract, where not covered
elsewhere.
B. HEATING WORK DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. Do not infer that Drawings show
level of detail indicating every offset, elbow, union, fitting, elevation or aspect ratio changes, or
other details required for complete installation.
1. Provide all required fittings, offsets, elevation changes, dampers, controls, components,
and similar items not indicated on Drawings, as required for a complete properly
operational system.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. General Division 23 submittal requirements:
1. Procedural Requirements: Comply with requirements of SECTION 01 33 00 -
Submittals and as modified below.
a. Equivalent Products or Substitutions: If product to be incorporated into Project is
not specified by name and product designation in Part 2 below, comply with all
Product Data requirements specified.
2. Product Data: Submit Product Data for items listed in individual technical section.
Clearly identify manufacturer, pertinent design, function, materials, construction, and
performance data specifically addressing specification description and Contract
Document requirements of item. Strike out products that are not applicable to item being
submitted, where more than one product is indicated on manufacturer product literature.
a. Cover Sheet: Attach cover sheet, identified in Section 01 33 00, to Product Data of
each item submitted. Provide cover sheet for only one type of item with related
accessories, equipment with related components. Do not combine unrelated items
under same cover sheet.
b. Specified Equivalent Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product information
including product literature, technical specifications and descriptions, performance
data, and similar items to demonstrate compatibility with Basis-of-Design
Equipment as specified in “Manufacturers” in Part 2 - Products below.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Tetra Tech
23 05 00 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3. Do not proceed with installation of systems in each area until agreement is reached with
all concerned on exact arrangements for each room or area, unless otherwise directed by
Architect. If Contractor proceeds prior to resolving conflicts, Contractor shall modify
installed Work as required to permit other systems to proceed with a coordinated
installation.
4. Specified Equivalent Drawings: Submit detailed drawings of proposed Specified
Equivalents, indicating proposed installation of equipment and showing maintenance
clearances, required service removal space, and other pertinent revisions to arrangement
and configuration shown in Contract Documents.
5. Closeout Information, for inclusion in Operations and Maintenance Manual:
a. Approved submittals.
b. Include all information required in SECTION 01 78 23 – Operation and
Maintenance Data.
c. Include all other closeout information required by the individual technical
specification sections.
B. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned plans, sections, and attachments to other work for
concrete bases.
C. Informational Submittals:
1. Welding certificates.
D. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material
descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following:
1. Grout
2. Sealants
3. Fire-stopping.
4. Access doors.
5. Painting and finishing.
6. Escutcheons.
E. Closeout Information, for inclusion in Operations and Maintenance Manual:
1. Approved submittals.
2. Include all information required in SECTION 01 78 23 – Operation and Maintenance
Data.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements
1. Comply with applicable requirements of all Federal, State, and Local Building, Health,
Plumbing and Electrical Codes, Laws, Ordinances and Regulations, including (but not
limited to):
Tetra Tech COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 00 / Page 5
a. Building Code of New York State
b. Mechanical Code of New York State
c. Fire Code of New York State
d. Energy Conservation Construction Code of New York State
e. In event of a conflict between the Codes identified above and Contract Documents,
comply with more stringent requirement.
2. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA, utility company regulations, and
following standards:
a. Provide Underwriters Laboratories (UL) labels on all electrical materials carrying
50 volts or more.
b. Provide refrigeration equipment complying with Safety Code for Mechanical
Refrigeration (ASHRAE Standard 15 - and ANSI Refrigeration Safety Code B9.1).
c. Provide all boilers/burners in accordance with applicable requirements of New
York State Labor Department Industrial Code Rule No. 4 (cited as 12 NYCRR4)
and Code Rule No. 14 (cited as 12 NYCRR14).
B. Certifications: Obtain and pay for all necessary inspections and certificates from all applicable
agencies. Perform all required tests in accordance with regulation of agency having
jurisdiction. Submit certificates of approval prior to Final Completion as defined in Section 01
77 00 – Closeout Procedures. Submit certificates of approval prior to request for final
acceptance of Contract.
C. Welding for General Construction and Support Work: Qualify procedures and personnel
according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
D. Welding or Brazing for Piping Work: Qualify any welding or brazing procedure to be used on
piping for this Project in accordance with ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section
IX, and as further detailed in Section 23 21 13 - Hydronic Piping.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing and Shipping: Ship materials in manufacturer’s containers, fully identified with
manufacture’s name, trade name, type, class, style, model, grade, size and color.
B. Storage and Protection
1. Store materials, equipment, fixtures, pipe, fittings, attachments, under cover, off ground
in original containers as applicable, and protect from physical and weather damage while
in storage and during construction.
2. Furnish extra materials identified in technical sections, in original manufacturer’s
containers and packaging, to Owner at location identified during Preconstruction
Conference. Obtain receipt from Owner upon delivery of extra materials and send copy
of receipt to Architect.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Tetra Tech
23 05 00 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3. Replace or repair damaged, rusted, corroded or otherwise unusable materials physically
damaged or weather damaged equipment as determined by Architect, at no change in
Contract Sum.
1.9 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Existing Conditions
1. Reuse equipment only as indicated on Drawings.
2. All existing material and equipment shown on the drawings to be removed during project
Work that is not indicated on the drawings as being either reused or turned over to the
Owner shall become the Contractor’s property including salvage value and legal disposal
cost complete.
a. For components indicated on the drawings to be turned over to the Owner, the
Contractor shall deliver them to a location on district grounds designated by the
Owner.
b. For components indicated on the drawings to be reused, Contractor shall carefully
remove, protect, and store until appropriate time for re-installation. Contractor
shall document any pre-existing damage prior to removals.
c. For pipe and tubing indicated to be reused, Contractor shall only reuse those
portions of pipe, tubing, and associated fitting assemblies where they are direct
replacements of the as specified and as shown new piping assemblies. Valves,
strainers, other piping specialties, and insulation shall not be re-used unless
specifically indicated on drawings.
3. All other material and equipment to be removed, shall be removed from the site and
legally disposed of by the Contractor
4. Furnish new equipment and materials for all Heating Work in conformance with Contract
Documents, including any material, operation, method or device mentioned, listed or
noted within Division 23 Sections, unless reuse is specifically indicated, or unless
specified as furnished or installed by all Contractors or others.
B. Field Measurements
1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS: Refer to Architectural and Structural drawings for
dimensions and details, and verify measurements in field before proceeding.
2. Layout of equipment, piping, and similar components in Drawings is diagrammatic.
Review Drawings in the field, identify interference with other construction and verify
dimensions at Site prior to beginning installation.
a. Obtain exact size and location of all items and openings and confirm all existing
conditions in field. Review Shop Drawings of all Contracts.
Tetra Tech COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 00 / Page 7
b. Coordinate all Heating Work that interferes with other construction with other
responsible Contractor.
c. Obtain exact location and roughing requirements for all equipment furnished by
others, but installed by this Contractor before roughing. Owner reserves right to
make reasonable changes prior to "roughing-in" without increase in Contract Sum.
3. Report any conflicts to Architect in writing before beginning installation.
1.10 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Perform all Heating Work in cooperation with Owner, Architect, Construction Manager, and all
Contractors on this Project, and other separate Contractors at the Site.
1. Coordinate all Heating Work with construction schedule requirements in Division 01
2. Coordinate all submittals with the construction schedule and with requirements and
schedules contained in Section 01 33 00 – Submittals Procedures.
3. Immediately report any delays in receipt of materials required for Heating Work
including circumstances causing delays.
B. Existing Construction: Provide openings, chases, recesses, lintels and bucks required for
admission of Heating Work, unless otherwise noted. Do not cut waterproofed floors or walls for
admission of equipment or materials without written permission. Do not pierce structural
members without written permission.
C. Supports for Heating Work: Provide anchor bolts required supporting or securing Heating
Work. Locate settings and check locations as construction progresses. Provide templates or
holding fixtures as required to maintain proper accuracy.
D. Cutting and Patching: Bear expense of cutting, patching, repairing or replacing of work of all
Contracts required due to fault, error or damage by contractor responsible for Heating Work,
unless otherwise specified in Contract Documents. Employ and pay Prime Contractor involved,
or if there is no associated Prime Contractor, employ and pay qualified subcontractor as
required for corrective work.
E. Refer to Division 01 for cooperation between Contractors. Prior to start of construction:
1. Obtain from Contract Drawings or Architect, exact location of items and openings in
construction. Conform to existing conditions in field.
2. Review Shop Drawings of all Contracts.
3. If conflict occurs between Contract Drawings, advise Architect in writing before
beginning installation and comply with Architect's directions.
4. Obtain exact location and roughing requirements for equipment furnished by other
Contractor or by Owner, but installed by Contractor responsible for Heating Work before
beginning roughing.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Tetra Tech
23 05 00 / Page 8 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1.11 COORDINATION
A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of
construction, to allow for HVAC installations.
B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.
C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for HVAC items requiring access that are
concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08
Section "Access Doors and Frames.”
D. Coordinate Heating Work with plumbing systems, lighting fixtures, ceiling mounted devices,
ceiling heights, materials, structural work, maintenance clearances, electric code clearance, and
building systems. Verify that Work of all Contractors can be installed without interference with
Heating Work.
E. Notify Architect in case of unresolved interferences prior to installation of Heating Work.
F. Adjust exact size, location and offsets of exposed HVAC components to achieve reasonable
appearance objectives without increase in Contract Sum.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis-of-Design Equipment – Provide as specified and scheduled with all options as required
for full compliance.
B. Specified Equivalents - If Specified Equivalents (refer to “Definitions” in Part 1 above) are
proposed, comply with following requirements:
1. Submit “Specified Equivalent Drawings” as specified in “Submittals” in Part 1 above.
a. Provide required changes in design and adjacent construction or equipment at no
increase in Contract Sum.
1) Where required, provide larger motors, equipment, additional control
devices, valves, fittings, and other miscellaneous equipment necessary for
proper operation and provide proper location of roughing and connections to
other Contractors.
2) Provide additional motors, starters, power, wiring, and control wiring
required.
3) Provide revisions to equipment, wiring, support structure, controls, valves,
fittings, and other miscellaneous equipment.
4) Additional Architectural and Engineering work, coordination, and
documentation.
Tetra Tech COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 00 / Page 9
b. If proposed arrangement for Specified Equivalent is rejected, revise to be
compliant and resubmit or submit Basis-of-Design Equipment.
2. Submit “Specified Equivalent Product Data” as specified in “Submittals” in Part 1 above
to demonstrate that proposed Specified Equivalent is equal to or better than Basis-of-
Design Equipment with respect to all performance characteristics, including but not
limited to durability, individual equipment operating costs, entire interrelated system
operating costs, service access, noise levels, vibration levels, compatibility with Owner’s
other existing equipment to minimize parts inventory, aesthetics where applicable, and
similar characteristics.
3. Do not assume that approval of a specified equivalent submittal implies approval of the
installed product. Correct all deviations uncovered during construction and warrantee
period that result in or are caused by any lower performance characteristic than the
specified Basis of Design equipment.
C. Proposed Equivalents and Substitutions: In addition to requirements described elsewhere in
these Contract Documents, all proposed equivalent and substitution products being considered
shall be subject to the Specified Equivalent requirements listed above.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Minimum Material Requirements:
1. Construct potable water systems and equipment according to AWWA standards.
2. Provide electrical equipment and systems meeting UL standards and requirements of
NEC.
3. Provide UL label on all equipment and material with listing service.
4. Material Flammability:
a. Flame spread rating of 25 or less.
b. Smoke developed rating of 50 or less.
5. Equipment Verification: Carefully check manufacturer's drawings and specifications as
they affect their particular equipment; follow factory instructions for roughing,
installation, connection, filling, lubrication, testing, balancing, adjusting, alignment,
wiring, and start-up operation.
2.3 SEALANTS
A. Comply with requirements for sealants in non-fire rated penetrations and also with requirements
for Air Duct sealants in Section 23 31 00 – Air Ducts.
B. Provide premium products specified for each application as appropriate.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Tetra Tech
23 05 00 / Page 10 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
2.4 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
A. Comply with requirements for sealants in fire rated penetrations specified in Section 07 84 13
“Penetration Firestopping”.
B. Submit Manufacturers Product Data Sheets for each type of product selected. Certify that
Firestop Material is free of asbestos and lead paint, and complies with local regulations.
1. Certification by firestopping manufacturer that products supplied comply with local
regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and are nontoxic to
building occupants.
C. Submit system design listings, including illustrations from qualified testing and inspection
agency that is applicable to each firestop configuration.
D. Submit a project specific Penetration Firestopping Schedule indicating where each firestop
configuration will be used.
2.5 ACCESS DOORS
A. Comply with requirements for access doors specified in Section 08 31 13 “Access Doors and
Frames” for product requirements of access doors in general construction.
B. Comply with requirements for access doors specified in Section 23 33 00 “Air Duct
Accessories” for product requirements of access doors in Air Ducts.
2.6 PAINT AND FINISHES
A. Refer to Division 09 for paint and finish product specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 HVAC DEMOLITION
A. Refer to Division 01 Section "Execution" and Division 02 Section "Selective Structure
Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures.
B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be
removed.
1. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and cap
remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.
2. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove,
clean, protect, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make
equipment operational. Document any existing damage before removals.
Tetra Tech COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 00 / Page 11
C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is otherwise made
unserviceable by adjacent or associated work or error, remove damaged or unserviceable
portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. Verify, document, and
confirm pre-existing damage with Owner and Architect before beginning work.
3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are
indicated.
B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and
components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other
installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.
D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.
E. Ensure each equipment manufacturer:
1. Carefully checks Contract Drawings and Specifications applicable to manufacturer’s
equipment before roughing.
2. Reports to Architect, before or when Shop Drawings are submitted, any discrepancies or
conditions applied to manufacturer’s equipment that prevents proper functioning,
servicing, and other aspects of equipment operation.
3. Provides manufacturer's printed installation instructions for each piece of equipment.
4. Thoroughly instructs Contractor exactly how equipment should be installed, connected,
lubricated, started, operated, and similar aspects to ensure all factory instructions are
rigidly followed during installation of equipment.
F. Install, test, start, and operate equipment as instructed by manufacturer.
G. Submit written evidence from equipment manufacturer that manufacturer’s equipment and
systems have been:
1. Installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Properly aligned and adjusted, tested, lubricated, wired, balanced, and similar operations
H. Equipment Connections
1. Provide equipment waste, drip, overflow, bleed water, condensate, and drain connections
extended to floor or roof drains or other approved points of discharge. Provide integral
condensate pumps and appropriate piping for units where gravity condensate drain is not
practical or possible.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Tetra Tech
23 05 00 / Page 12 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
I. Concealment: Conceal all Work not specifically shown on the Drawings as exposed. Note
piping risers may be shown outside of walls due to scale of drawing symbols – the general
intent is for these pipes to be concealed within the general construction if possible or if not
possible, to be within riser chases. If for any reason concealment is impossible, notify the
Architect and obtain written approval before starting that part of the Work.
J. Exposed Items: Install exposed items as shown on Drawings or as approved by Architect.
Obtain Architect's approval for final arrangement and appearance before installing items in
areas without ceilings.
K. Damaged Components and Replacement: If pipe, duct, insulation, or any HVAC component or
equipment is damaged in appearance or is otherwise unserviceable, remove damaged or
unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality.
3.3 MECHANICAL PENETRATIONS, WATERPROOFING, AND SEALING
A. Openings Through Floors and Inside Walls: Provide through penetration systems for all
mechanical work floor and wall penetrations which do not compromise the integrity of the floor
or wall with regards to fire rating, smoke passage rating, acoustical noise reduction rating, or
seismic rating. Insure through penetration system does not transmit mechanical vibrations to
building walls or floors. Seal all floor penetrations to effectively block the passage of smoke
and fumes.
1. Provide structural support for floor deck around all penetrations larger than 12 inches in
any dimension, unless specifically indicated otherwise elsewhere on the contract
documents.
3.4 FIRESTOPPING
A. Provide Through-Penetration Firestopping Systems and Devices listed in UL Fire Resistance
Directory under categories XHCR and XHEZ and conforming to construction type, penetrant
type, annular space requirements and fire rating indicated or required for each application.
B. Provide systems that withstand passage of cold smoke either as inherent property of system or
by use of separate product included as part of UL system or device designed to perform this
function.
C. Applied Fireproofing:
1. Coordinate the installation of hangers, supports and accessories from the structural steel
with the Contractor responsible for fireproofing. Install all hangers and supports prior to
fireproofing.
2. Repair and/or replacement of any fireproofing removed or damaged as a consequence of
the installation work of the Heating Work Contract shall be the responsibility of the
Heating Work Contractor.
Tetra Tech COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 00 / Page 13
a. Employ the services of an approved fireproofing contractor to repair or replace the
fireproofing by patching any areas that have been removed or damaged due to the
installation of work after the completion of the fireproofing.
b. Repaired or replacement fireproofing shall match the fireproofing adjacent to the
repaired area. All warranties shall be maintained.
c. Remove all excess applied fireproofing from surfaces adjacent to those requiring it,
leaving area clean and neat.
3.5 ACCESS DOORS
A. Provide all access doors shown on Drawings and as required for access to motors, dampers,
valves, controls and all other devices requiring periodic inspection, adjustment or maintenance
where located above or within inaccessible walls or ceilings except where access doors are
indicated to be provided by others.
B. Engage skilled tradesman experienced in installation of access doors in applicable types of
adjacent construction to install access doors. Install in accordance with requirements of
Division 08 Section on access doors.
C. Existing Walls, Floors, and Ceilings: Cut and patch to install access doors in conformance with
Section 01 73 00 - Execution.
D. Ductwork: Provide all access doors as required by Section 23 31 00 – Air Ducts and 23 33 00 –
Air Duct Accessories.
3.6 PAINTING
A. Painting of HVAC systems, equipment, and components is additionally specified in Division 09
Sections on Painting.
B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and
procedures to match original factory finish.
C. Vary initial and final coat colors slightly as required to provide positive identification between
coats. Do not proceed with final coat until initial coat is properly cured per manufacturer’s
instructions, and has been approved as complete by Owner’s Project Representative. Final coat
shall completely conceal initial coat(s).
D. Paint Requirements:
1. Applications
a. Provide HVAC components exposed to view in finished spaces such as
gymnasiums, classrooms, offices, corridors, etc., with factory finishes as specified
elsewhere; refer to Division 09 for additional painting if required (exposed piping
and duct in particular).
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Tetra Tech
23 05 00 / Page 14 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1) Provide touch up painting as required to repair, or replace as directed,
damaged factory finishes of HVAC components.
2. Paint all exposed metal surfaces that will be above 150 degrees F when in operation, with
two coats of heat resistant paint.
3. Paint all miscellaneous fabricated ferrous supports complete.
4. Paint all ferrous piping and components located outdoors as specified in Division 09,
except where insulation is to be applied over piping or component.
a. Where insulation is to be applied over exterior ferrous (steel) piping or
components, first apply one full coverage coat of corrosion inhibiter equal to
“Polyguard RG-2400”.
5. Do not paint
a. Chrome plated materials, aluminum and brass valves, or brass trim on iron body
valves, stainless steel materials, copper indirect waste piping, laboratory waste and
vent piping.
b. Piping above finished ceiling spaces, except un-insulated ferrous piping and
supports.
c. Exposed copper pipe, brass valves, or brass trim on iron body valves, or machinery
or equipment with factory-applied finish, unless otherwise specified.
6. Coating Systems: Comply with application and material requirements specified in
Division 09.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Maintain systems during construction, temporary use, and until acceptance by Owner.
1. Properly lubricate all HVAC systems bearings during use.
2. Maintain limit controls, overload devices, and safety controls in operating condition
during use
3.8 ALTERATIONS
A. Provide protection of existing facilities, demolition and removals, replacement and restoration,
including patch-to-match requirements, and hazardous materials procedures to install Heating
Work in conformance with Division 01 requirements.
B. Provide cutting and patching required to install Heating Work in accordance with the
requirements of Division 01 covering cutting and patching.
Tetra Tech COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 00 / Page 15
3.9 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust all work as required to insure systems perform as designed and as intended, including
but not limited to the following:
1. Adjust all registers and diffusers to insure even air distribution free of objectionable
drafts. Include all new and all existing to remain registers and diffusers on systems
where HVAC modifications are made.
2. Adjust all hangers and supports to insure proper piping slope, alignment of flexible
connections, even loadings, proper venting and draining, proper control over thermal
expansion, etc.
3. Adjust all mechanical equipment insuring it runs properly as intended, providing the
performance specified and required, and as required to maintain all warrantees.
B. Clean work furnished or provided as part of Heating Work, including but not limited to
equipment, control panels and devices.
1. Refer to and comply with Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for
additional requirements for cleaning during construction and Section 01 77 00 – Closeout
Procedures for additional requirements for final cleaning.
2. Remove debris, leftover piping, tubing, metal, insulation, cartons, papers, etc., resulting
from Heating Work.
3. Remove all rust, dirt, oil, etc. from Heating Work to be painted and maintain in condition
ready for painting.
4. Clean inside and outside of all equipment and distribution systems provided including
(but not limited to) following:
a. All enclosures.
b. Remove all rust, oils, and similar contamination from all equipment, piping and
supports to be painted, and leave components ready for painting.
c. Remove debris, leftover piping, wiring, tubing, metal, insulation, cartons, papers,
and similar items left in building or on Site. Clean building as often as necessary
and when directed by Architect.
C. Final Cleaning: In addition to requirements specified in Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures
and other sections in Division 23, provide following measures.
1. Refer to Section 23 01 30 – Mechanical Cleaning and Restoration for detailed
specifications for detailed specifications on mechanical systems cleaning.
2. Provide written notification to Architect upon completion of all final cleaning procedures
and request inspection of final cleaning.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC Tetra Tech
23 05 00 / Page 16 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3.10 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPLETED SYSTEMS:
A. Prior to Final Completion, thoroughly demonstrate and instruct Owner’s designated
representatives in care and operation of all heating and ventilating systems and equipment
provided in Heating Work. Provide necessary skilled labor to operate all systems for not less
than 5 days and provide required instruction.
1. In addition to Contractor’s instruction, arrange for technically qualified factory
representatives to train Owner's designated representatives in care, maintenance, and
operation of following manufacturer’s equipment and systems.
a. Grease Ducts.
b. Grease Exhaust Fans.
2. Coordinate and schedule time and place of all training through Architect at Owner’s
convenience.
3. Submit letters verifying satisfactory completion of all instruction including date of
instruction, names of persons in attendance and countersigned by authorized
representative of Owner.
4. Until final acceptance, Contractor retains full responsibility for systems operations and
maintenance, even though operated by Owner's personnel during instruction, unless
otherwise agreed to in writing.
5. During instruction, provide list, sealed in clear plastic, outlining operating, maintenance,
and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by Owner for operating systems
and equipment.
END OF SECTION 23 05 00
Tetra Tech HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 29 / Page 1
SECTION 23 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Hangers and supports for (but not limited to) following components:
a. Duct hangers and supports
b. Equipment hangers and supports
2. Miscellaneous components and accessories including (but not limited to):
a. Anchors
b. Guides
c. Fasteners
d. Custom supports
e. Insulation protection systems
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide corrosion resistant construction as described below for hangers, hanger rods, supports,
fittings, hardware, etc, unless otherwise noted or approved. Note that not all products described
below are available in corrosion resistance as required for all applications listed – select
appropriate corrosion resistant products as required. Multiple conditions may apply, in which
case the more corrosion resistant construction is required:
1. General purpose indoor: ASTM B-633 Fe/Zn 25 minimum zinc plated fasteners, ASTM
B-653 G90 minimum sheet steel, factory baked enamel paint, or anodized.
2. In contact with aluminum: Same aluminum alloy as equipment or 300 series stainless
steel. 300 series stainless steel fasteners.
3. Miscellaneous fabricated custom supports, anchor bases, etc..: painted in accordance with
Section 23 05 00 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC.
23 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS Tetra Tech
23 05 29 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
4. Other special conditions: where noted on drawings, provide materials of special
temperature, corrosion resistance, or other properties, as required for durable and safe
performance.
B. Allowable Working Loads:
1. Use only manufacturer’s load rated hangers, supports, and fasteners designed and rated
for the intended service.
2. Do not load connectors, hangers, or supports to more than the manufacturers’
recommended working load or the following:
a. Use a safety factor of 5:1 minimum with respect to manufacturers’ published
ultimate shear strength.
b. Use a safety factor of 10:1 minimum with respect to manufacturers’ published
ultimate tension or pull-out strength.
C. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand
the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according
to ASCE/SEI 7.
1. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of
supported equipment and connected systems and components.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product literature, technical specifications, and other data
required to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements for following components:
1. Hangers and supports
2. Miscellaneous components
B. Shop Drawings: Submit intended custom support construction for approval.
C. All supports, etc., shall meet the approval of the Architects / Engineers. Submit shop drawings
showing fabrication and installation details including calculations for the following; include
Product Data for components:
1. Metal framing systems.
2. Pipe stands.
3. Equipment supports.
4. Include detailed layout and loading drawings for all above roof piping and equipment.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with applicable requirements of following standards for all hangers and supports:
1. ANSI / ASME Code for Pressure Piping B 31.1
2. ASTM standards for corrosion resistant Zinc coatings.
Tetra Tech HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 29 / Page 3
3. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
4. Metal Framing Association MFMA-2
5. ANSI/ NFoPA NDS - National Design Specification for Wood Construction
6. SMACNA – Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s National Association, Inc.
B. All welding shall be approved procedures performed by approved welders. Refer to Section 23
21 13 – HYDRONIC PIPING, for details on welder’s qualification requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. For convenience, details and specifications have been based on product types as defined in MSS
SP-58 and 69 where applicable, and, where not applicable, catalog numbers shown have been
based on products by the listed manufacturers.
2.2 PIPING ATTACHMENTS
A. Individually Suspended Horizontal Rigid Piping or Tube Attachments:
1. Band type:
a. 1-1/4 inch diameter pipe size and less only.
b. Formed steel loop overlapped at top with rod sized hole or insert nut. With or
without side insert closure.
c. MSS SP-58 type 5, 6, or 10.
2. Clevis type:
a. Any size pipe or tubing.
b. Formed steel bands top and bottom connected by sheer bolt.
c. MSS SP-58 type 1.
B. Individual Vertical Rigid Piping and Tube Attachments:
1. Split Ring type:
a. 1-1/4 inch diameter pipe size and less only.
b. Cast malleable iron split ring with steel pivot and bolt, cast boss on one side
threaded for standard rod or pipe attachment. Designed to accommodate minimal
longitudinal movement only.
c. MSS SP-58 type 12.
C. Provide products by one of the following manufacturers:
1. B-Line Systems, Inc., Highland Illinois, or equal
2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; Solon, Ohio, or equal
3. Grinnell Corporation; Pipe Support Division, Cranston, Rhode Island, or equal.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS Tetra Tech
23 05 29 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
2.3 DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Per SMACNA Duct Manual standards for size, height, and location of ductwork, and as noted
below.
1. Materials and corrosion resistance as listed above.
2. SMACNA load tables allow for no external loads on duct: provide for 200 lb external
load on all duct hangers and supports. Increase hanger and support sizes from SMACNA
tables accordingly:
a. Minimum band size 20ga. x 1 inch.
b. Duct 48” wide and larger; provide trapeze style support of metal channel framing
or angle iron, suspended from threaded rods.
3. Hanger bands to extend down sides and turn under bottom 1 inch minimum for all duct
sizes. Minimum (2) #10 sheet metal screws per hanger (one each on side and bottom), (2)
screws minimum on sides for duct over 12 inches tall, 12 inches on center max.
4. Round exposed duct: hang from twin half round bands and rods, or as otherwise detailed.
2.4 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS
A. Structural Steel Connectors:
1. C-Clamp style:
a. FM approved, U.L. listed, steel or malleable iron C-clamp with hardened set screw
and lock nut, tapped for rod size, typically eccentrically loads structure.
b. Hanger rod bypasses structure: MSS SP-58 type 19.
c. Hanger rod in line with set screw: MSS SP-58 type 23.
2. Center Loading Beam and Channel Clamp Style:
a. Forged or formed steel or malleable iron construction, beam clamps with
connection for concentrically loading structure, of types as required by loading and
configuration.
b. MSS SP-58 types 21, 27, 28, 29, and 30.
3. Pivoting or Adjustable Connection Style:
a. Structural welding lug with forged steel clevis, side beam bracket, or other
appropriate pivoting beam clamps as required for sloped steel.
b. Use for sloped steel, where thermal movement requires pivot, where seismic
controls requires non-moment building connection, and elsewhere as required.
c. MSS SP-58 types, 21 or 22 with 16 or 17, 34, 57 with 14, etc...
4. Provide products by one of the following manufacturers:
a. B-Line Systems, Inc., Highland Illinois, or equal
Tetra Tech HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 29 / Page 5
b. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; Solon, Ohio, or equal
c. Grinnell Corporation; Pipe Support Division, Cranston, Rhode Island, or equal.
B. Existing Concrete Connectors
1. Self-energizing tapered expansion bolt/sleeve: GSA specification FF-S-325, Group II,
Type 3, Class 3, UL Listed, FM approved, complete with split expansion sleeve, washer,
and hex head nut; similar to “Rawl Lok/Bolt” by Rawlplug.
2. Dual-Interlocking Expansion Wedge Stud: GSA specification FF-S-325, Group II, Type
4, Class 1, UL Listed, FM approved, complete with split expansion sleeve, washer, and
hex head nut; similar to “Rawl-Stud” by Rawlplug.
3. Dual-Interlocking Expansion Wedge Threaded Rod Anchors: UL Listed, FM approved,
complete with split expansion sleeve; similar to “Rod Hanger Wedge Anchor” by
Rawlplug.
4. Provide products by one of the following manufacturers:
a. Hilti, Inc.; Tulsa, Oklahoma, or equal
b. Ramset/Red Head; Michigan City, Indiana, or equal
c. Rawlplug Co. Inc.; New Rochelle, New York, or equal.
C. Hollow Masonry, Hollow Concrete, Pre-cast Plank Connectors
1. Toggle Bolt Type: GSA specification FF-B-588C,Type 1, Class A with ultimate load
capacities meeting or exceeding load capacities for hollow concrete block in
conformance with ASTM C-90; similar to “Rawl Toggle Bolt” by Rawlplug.
2. Epoxy/Screen tube type: Manufacturer’s load rated epoxy resistant to the chemical
exposure of the application and capable of developing the ultimate strength of the
threaded rod used, with stainless steel screen tube designed specifically for use with
epoxy anchors in hollow masonry. Use manufacturer’s recommended mixing/injection
device. Similar to the “Foil-Fast”, “Chem-Fast”, and “Chem-Stud” systems by
Rawlplug.
3. Through bolt, nuts, square plate steel washer (thickness equal to half bolt diameter, width
equal to six diameters minimum).
4. Provide products by one of the following manufacturers:
a. Hilti, Inc.; Tulsa, Oklahoma, or equal
b. Ramset/Red Head; Michigan City, Indiana, or equal
c. Rawlplug Co. Inc.; New Rochelle, New York, or equal.
D. Flanged Connectors:
1. Applicable for attachment to building steel, concrete, or wood.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS Tetra Tech
23 05 29 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
2. Malleable iron flange base, with central threaded hole for connection to threaded rod and
symmetrical side hole for securing to structure with appropriate fasteners, typically used
with split rings, similar to “Model No. 365M" by ERICO/Michigan Hanger.
3. Pipe Stanchion Flanged Support Plate and Floor Stand: ASTM A-536 ductile iron support
plate with 1-inch rolled thread adjustment stud and nut, or 1/4-inch carbon steel base
plate welded to schedule 80 threaded steel pipe, designed for use with Stanchion Saddle
style supports described above; similar to “PS1236 Redi-Jack Pipe Support” by Red Hed.
4. Provide products by one of the following manufacturers:
a. B-Line Systems, Inc., Highland Illinois, or equal
b. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; Solon, Ohio, or equal
c. Red Hed; Lincoln, Rhode Island. or equal.
2.5 MANUFACTURED METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Allied Tube & Conduit.
2. Cooper B-Line, Inc.
3. Flex-Strut Inc.
4. Unistrut Corporation; Tyco International, Ltd.
B. Description: Factory, shop, or field-fabricated support assembly made of steel channels,
accessories, fittings, and other components, factory stock or custom designed and assembled for
supporting diverse mechanical components.
C. Standard: MFMA-4.
D. Channels: Load rated continuous slotted steel channel with in-turned lips.
E. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped steel nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot
and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel.
F. Corrosion resistance as described above.
2.6 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A. Provide custom designed hangers and supports to properly and resiliently support all contract
equipment as required by special circumstances encountered. Suspend from above or support
from below as shown on drawings and as required.
B. Use structural carbon steel plate and shapes, secured by welding or bolts as required.
C. Use load rated fasteners full size of the component attachment points unless specifically
requested and approved otherwise.
D. Provide lateral bracing as required minimizing potential for sway.
Tetra Tech HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 29 / Page 7
E. Fabricate as required to transmit loads and reaction forces to structure, in accordance with
applicable details and layouts shown on Drawings, and as approved by Architect. Submit load
calculations and fabrication details for approval for all such supports including verified
coordinated dimensions, weights, etc., of mechanical component, support component, and
building structure proposed.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Piping Anchor and Guide Bases:
1. Provide custom designed piping anchor and guide bases as required to properly transmit
the piping reaction forces to the building structure.
2. Triangulate fabrication to transmit reaction forces to deck edge of structure or other
approved anchorage. Submit fabrication details for approval for all such supports
including verified coordinated dimensions of support components and building structure
proposed for attachment.
3. Use structural steel plate and shapes of pipe wall thickness minimum, with pipe diameter
leg dimension minimum, secured by welding or multiple bolts of the pipe’s hanger rod
size minimum. Increase dimensions as required due to excessive unsupported length
(greater than 15 pipe diameters) or moment bearing (bending) design.
4. Secure to at least two structural members, using at least three points of attachment
designed to transmit both longitudinal and lateral piping reaction forces.
B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and
nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.
1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
C. Threaded Rods, Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Metals, Hardware, and Miscellaneous Assembly
Components:
1. Provide manufacturer’s load rated fasteners with size, strength and corrosion resistance as
required for the application.
2. Rods, bolts, machine screws: rolled forged ANSI B1 Class 2A or better thread, bolts and
screws with heads as required by the application.
3. Nuts: heavy pattern where space permits and where subject to repeated operation, ANSI
B1 Class 2B or better thread.
4. Washers: US pattern where space permits, SAE pattern otherwise, with toothed or split
lock washer when attached to equipment with moving or vibrating parts.
5. Sheet metal screws: self drilling, thread forming, hardened steel (hardened SS as
required), load rated screws with hex heads designed for power driving
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS Tetra Tech
23 05 29 / Page 8 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
6. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel, black and galvanized, and/or series
300 Stainless Steel plates, bars, angles, channels, and other shapes in thickness and size
as required for load.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine conditions under which hangers and supports are to be
installed and notify Architect in writing of any conditions detrimental to proper and timely
installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in an acceptable manner.
1. When Contractor confirms conditions as acceptable to ensure proper and timely
installation and to ensure requirements for applicable warranty or guarantee can be
satisfied, submit to Architect written confirmation. Failure to submit written
confirmation and subsequent installation will be assumed to indicate conditions are
acceptable to Contractor.
2. Identify any discrepancies between specifications and field conditions or changes
required due to specific equipment selection, prior to installation. Corrective work
required by discrepancies after installation at Contractor's expense.
3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION
A. Provide complete hanger and support systems for piping and ductwork systems and equipment,
including all necessary attachments, fasteners, threaded rods, bolts, miscellaneous hardware,
and associated work as required.
B. Provide specified products, installed in accordance with applicable sections of this specification,
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended installation instructions, and as detailed on
the Drawings.
C. Support pipe, duct, and equipment from the building structure.
1. Provide approved miscellaneous support structure as required to attach hangers and
supports to building structure in conformance with all applicable standards and related
specification sections.
2. Do not use chain, perforated hanger strapping or band, wire hangers, or kinked, bent, or
otherwise damaged hangers and supports.
3. Do not support one pipe from another, one duct from another, pipe from duct or
equipment, or any similar combination.
4. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports as required to prevent swaying.
5. Provide special hangers and supports as shown on the drawings, as required to suit
existing conditions, and as required for proper installation of equipment.
Tetra Tech HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 29 / Page 9
D. Coordinate the installation with applied fireproofing and where possible install attachments to
structure prior to fireproofing. Where prior installation is not possible, repair fireproofing as
required.
1. Repair or replace any fireproofing removed or damaged during installation of
components.
2. Ensure repaired or replacement fireproofing continuously matches or exceeds rating of
adjacent fireproofing and ensure that all warranties are maintained.
E. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that live and dead loads and stresses from
movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
3.3 PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. Provide for
slope of trapeze supported piping systems with adjustable individual piping attachments.
3.4 BUILDING ATTACHEMENTS INSTALLATION
A. Threaded Rod for Hangers:
1. Double nut each end of each rod. Threaded clamp, turnbuckle, etc. counts as one nut.
2. Rod size for individual pipe hangers and two rod / two pipe or duct trapeze style
supports:
Rod size: for Pipe size: for Duct size:
3/8” 2” and smaller. 48” wide to 72”
1/2” 2-1/2" and 3". Over 72” wide
5/8” 4" and 5".
3/4” 6".
3. For multiple pipe or duct trapeze style supports with two rods for more than two pipes or
two or more ducts, size rods according to manufacturers recommended safe working
loads taking into account total hung weight, 200 pound live load, as well as capacity of
structure; each rod not smaller than size shown above for largest pipe or the sum of the
duct width in the trapeze. Submit details of all such supports and connectors for approval
before construction, including schedule of proposed sizes and capacities.
B. Fastener Systems: Provide screws, bolts, approved anchors, etc., to secure piping, duct,
equipment, supports, and miscellaneous components and accessories to structure. Nailing not
permitted.
1. Install all fastener systems and anchorage in strict accordance with fastener
manufacturer’s instructions and as otherwise indicated below.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS Tetra Tech
23 05 29 / Page 10 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
2. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install
additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers,
NPS 3” and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before
concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at
top of inserts.
3. Minimize eccentric loading of structure as follows:
a. For paired point loads eccentrically suspended (C-clamp attached supply and
return pipes, etc), suspend from opposite edges of structural member.
b. For point loads over 400 pounds, use center loading beam clamps or other
structurally concentric building attachment, and confirm proposed configuration
with Engineer by submittal.
4. For connection to existing concrete:
a. Connect only to sound concrete free of evidence of deterioration.
b. Do not install connections or apply loads to recently cast curing concrete until
written approval is received from contractor responsible for concrete strength. Use
compressive strength certified by ASTM approved test results.
c. For older existing concrete and in the absence of ASTM approved tests certifying
otherwise, assume a concrete compressive strength of f’c 3000 psi.
d. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs
less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured.
Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install
fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. Do
not use powder-actuated fasteners in precast concrete or in pull-out tension.
3.5 DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A. Install per SMACNA duct manual and as modified by the requirements of this section.
B. Provide support spacing per building structural system but not greater than 8 feet. Provide extra
support structure as required.
3.6 METAL FRAMING AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support
equipment above floor.
B. Custom Hangers and Supports: Install as required by special circumstances encountered, in
accordance with applicable details and layouts shown on Drawings, and as approved by
Architect.
C. Provide lateral bracing to prevent swaying for equipment supports.
D. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth.
Tetra Tech HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC COMPONENTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 29 / Page 11
E. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be
shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
F. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding;
appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the
following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so
contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
3.7 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all hangers and supports after installation of piping and associated equipment to
distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve proper pitch for the applicable piping
system.
B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods as required - avoid hazardous
protrusion.
3.8 PAINTING AND TOUCHUP
A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately
after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply
with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas
of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09.
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 23 05 29
Tetra Tech INDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC COMPONENTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 53 / Page 1
SECTION 23 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC COMPONENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Equipment labels.
2. Duct labels.
3. Stencils.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Include information on supplier, manufacturer’s cut sheets, Equipment Schedules, and Valve
Schedules in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of
surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.
C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Paint: Refer to DIVISION 09.
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Brimar Industries, Inc. or equal.
2. Campbell International (Ltd.), or equal.
3. Craftmark Identification Systems, Fort Worth, Texas, or equal
4. EMED Company, Inc., Buffalo, New York , or equal
5. Seton Name Plate Company, New Haven, Connecticut, or equal
23 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC COMPONENTS Tetra Tech
23 05 53 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
2.2 LABELS
A. Equipment Labels:
1. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or
stamped holes for attachment hardware, or multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for
mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment
hardware
2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
3. Colors:
a. Brass Labels: black in-filled letters on brass background
b. Plastic Labels: white letters on black plastic background
c. Warning Signs: yellow letters on black background.
4. Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F continuously.
5. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24
inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering
for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the
size of principal lettering.
6. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
7. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
B. Equipment Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment
number and equipment function.
C. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch
bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where
equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number
and title where equipment is specified. Include Equipment Schedule in Operation and
Maintenance Manual.
2.3 DUCT LABELS
A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8
inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
B. Colors: Letter color, black; background color, white.
C. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
D. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2
by 3/4 inch.
Tetra Tech INDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC COMPONENTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 05 53 / Page 3
E. Minimum Letter Size: One inch for viewing distances up to 60 inches, and proportionately
larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-
fourths the size of principal lettering.
F. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
G. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
H. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service, duct size (inches x inches clear
inside dimensions, side labeled first), and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1. Unless specifically indicated otherwise on Drawings, use duct service designations
below, where (SYSTEM) is the equipment served:
a. (SYSTEM) SUPPLY AIR
b. (SYSTEM) RETURN AIR
c. (SYSTEM) RELIEF AIR
d. (SYSTEM) OUTSIDE AIR
e. (SYSTEM) MIXED AIR
f. (SYSTEM) MIXED EXHAUST
g. (SYSTEM) TOILET EXAUST
2. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both
directions, or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction.
2.4 STENCILS
A. Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for ducts (1 inch for each five
feet viewing distance).
1. Stencil Material: Durable, thin, as required to make crisp stenciled pattern.
2. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel black unless otherwise indicated. Paint
may be in pressurized spray-can form.
3. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless
otherwise indicated.
4. Stenciled Label Contents: as described in duct labels above.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices,
including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants.
B. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC COMPONENTS Tetra Tech
23 05 53 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.
B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
3.3 DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION
A. Install plastic-laminated duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts.
B. Stenciled Duct Label Option: Stenciled labels, showing service, size, and flow direction as
indicated above, may be provided instead of plastic-laminated duct labels, at Installer's option,
for concealed ductwork or if lettering larger than 1 inch high is needed for proper identification
because of distance (over ten feet) from normal location of required identification. Stencils
shall be crisp and neat with no overspray, drips, runs, or other imperfections visible from
normal viewing distance.
C. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of
50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system.
END OF SECTION 23 05 53
Tetra Tech HVAC INSULATION
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 07 00 / Page 1
SECTION 23 07 00 - HVAC INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes materials and installation requirements for mechanical component insulation and
related accessories.
1. Insulation Materials:
a. Fire rated insulation systems
2. Insulation Accessories:
a. Adhesives.
b. Lagging adhesives.
c. Sealants.
d. Factory-applied jackets.
e. Field-applied fabric-reinforcing mesh.
f. Field-applied cloths.
g. Field-applied jackets.
h. Tapes.
i. Securements.
j. Corner angles.
k. Insulation protection systems
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. “Concealed”: Work within or behind various construction elements, or in crawl spaces or trenches,
that is not exposed to view when Project has been completed. (Areas above ceilings, including
above Auditorium or Large Group Instruction partially open “cloud” ceilings and chases are
considered a concealed location.)
B. “Exposed”: Anything exposed to view when project has been completed.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with requirements of SECTION 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures and as modified below.
B. Provide all submittals required by this Section concurrently.
23 07 00
HVAC INSULATION Tetra Tech
23 07 00 / Page 2 Project No. XXXX Architects & Engineers
C. Product Data
1. Submit complete manufacturer’s product information for each type of insulation and
accessory specified in this section demonstrating compliance with specified requirements and
including:
a. Thermal and vapor transmission performance.
b. MSDS information.
c. Flame spread / smoke developed data.
d. Manufacturer’s recommended installation methods.
D. Submit insulation schedule indicating each required service with type of insulation, thickness and R
value, covering method, finishes, and any applicable notes.
E. Quality Control Submittals
1. Qualifications Certification: Submit written certification of installers signed by applicable
certification agency and/or manufacturer (where applicable) indicating compliance with
“Installer Qualifications” requirements specified below in “Quality Assurance” article.
2. Installer Experience Listing: Submit list of completed projects using products proposed for
this Project, including Owner contact information for each project, demonstrating
compliance with applicable “Qualifications” requirements specified below in “Quality
Assurance” article.
3. Provide mock-ups for review and approval as described below.
F. Contract Closeout Submittals: Comply with requirements of DIVISION 1 sections on closeout,
including submission of maintenance instructions as item in "Operating and Maintenance Data"
manual described there.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Insulation systems shall be installed by certified contractor having a
minimum of 5 years documented experience in the installation of insulation systems described
herein. Installers shall be skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, ASHRAE / NIA 8
hour Mechanical Insulation Training course or equal, and are certified as trained installers of each
proposed insulation material and product.
B. Condensation Resistance: Provide insulation and vapor barrier systems complete as required to
eliminate condensation under any normal operating conditions from surfaces of all cooling
equipment and components provided or modified as a part of this contract Work, unless those
surfaces are designed to remove moisture by condensation from process air, and to contain and
drain the condensate.
C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-test-response
characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing
and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and
jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate
markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
Tetra Tech HVAC INSULATION
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 07 00 / Page 3
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index
of 50 or less.
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index
of 150 or less.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23
Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application, duct
Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation
application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain
clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for
space required for maintenance.
C. Coordinate with installation and testing of heat tracing.
1.7 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing
and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test
results.
B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
construction.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM
standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. For convenience, details and specifications have been based on products by the following
manufacturers:
1. Armstrong; Lancaster, Pennsylvania
2. Benjamin Foster
3. CertainTeed; Valley Forge, Pennsylvania
4. Johns Manville; Defiance, Ohio
5. Kingspan Tarec
6. Knauf; North Carolina
7. Owens-Corning; Toledo, Ohio
8. Polyguard Products Inc., Ennis, Texas
9. Or Approved Equal.
HVAC INSULATION Tetra Tech
23 07 00 / Page 4 Project No. XXXX Architects & Engineers
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Pipe and Fitting Insulation: Provide pipe insulation in compliance with ASTM C 585 Dimensional
Standards.
1. Interior Above Grade Piping:
a. Piping Insulation: ASTM C547, cylindrically molded preformed rigid half pipe shell
forms, factory one-piece “hinged” construction.
1) Rigid pipe or tube insulation may be of mineral wool, fiberglass, closed cell
glass, formed polyisocyanurate, formed phenolic, or extruded polystyrene
(chilled service only).
2) Thermal Conductivity (“k”): To use specified thicknesses below, insulation
conductivity shall be no greater than 0.27 BTU - in /(hr-sq.ft. -deg. F) at 75 deg.
F mean temperature when measured in accordance with ASTM C 335. Adjust
thickness in accordance with below formula.
3) Jacket: ASTM C 1136, white Kraft outer surface bonded to aluminum foil and
reinforced with fiberglass yarn, permanently treated for fire and smoke safety
and to prevent corrosion of foil with self sealing pressure sensitive lap; similar to
“AP-T Plus Jacket” by Johns Manville.
a) Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96, Procedure A, 0.02 perm maximum.
2. Fitting and Valve Insulation: Precut fiberglass blanket to match thickness, appearance and
efficiency of adjacent pipe insulation; similar to “Hi-Lo Temp Fiber Glass Insulation Insert”
by Johns Manville.
3. Insulation Thickness:
a. Pipe and fitting insulation thicknesses specified assume an insulation conductivity (k)
value of 0.27 btu•in/hr•ft2•ºF. For pipe and fitting insulation with conductivity other
than 0.27 btu•in/hr•ft2•ºF, insulation must be thicker for higher conductivity and may
be thinner for lower conductivity as required to achieve same or higher R value.
Adjust insulation thickness from that specified in accordance with the following
formula:
T = r[(1+t/r)K/k-1] where:
1) T = Adjusted insulation thickness, inches
2) r = Actual pipe outside radius, inches.
3) t = Insulation thickness specified, inches.
4) K = actual insulation conductivity, btu•in/hr•ft2•ºF.
5) k = specified conductivity, 0.27 btu•in/hr•ft2•ºF.
b. Make-Up Water and Condensate Drain Piping
1) All pipe sizes .................................................. ½ inch
c. Runout piping in restricted spaces where it is not possible to provide the specified
thickness may use reduced thickness insulation as required by space restriction.
Tetra Tech HVAC INSULATION
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 07 00 / Page 5
B. Pipe Fitting and Valve Covers, and Piping Protective Jackets:
1. All Purpose (AP) vapor barrier jacket for pipe insulation: White kraft paper outer surface
bonded to aluminum foil and reinforced with fiberglass yarn, permanently treated for fire and
smoke safety and to prevent corrosion of foil.
a. Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96, Procedure A, 0.02 perm maximum.
b. Puncture resistance: ASTM D781, 85 scale units minimum
c. Burst resistance: ASTM D774, 100psi minimum.
d. Similar to “150TL facing” as used in “AP-T Plus Jacket” and tape by Johns Manville,
or equal.
2. Interior Pipe Insulation Protective Jacket:
a. Plastic: High-impact, UV resistant polyvinyl chloride, white, paintable, covering
designed to fit over AP jacketed insulated piping systems, molded to fit various sizes
of fittings, valves, and piping as required; similar to “Zeston 2000 or Zeston 300 PVC
Jacketing” by Johns Manville.
1) 20 mil thickness: Fittings and valves in interior applications eight feet above
finished floor and higher.
2) 30 mil thickness: Fittings, valves, and straight pipe in interior applications lower
than eight feet above finished floor.
b. Aluminum: Circumferentially corrugated 20mil thick or embossed 24 mil thick, with
approved moisture barrier, with matching preformed fitting covers by same
manufacturer. Similar to Corrolon by Childers.
B. Duct Insulation
1. Rigid Board: 3 PCF minimum density glass fiber board (6PCF when exposed in mechanical
or utility spaces) or phenolic, with factory-applied AP vapor barrier; similar to “800 series
Spin-Glas” and “AP” facing by Johns Manville, or Kingspan KoolDuct.
2. Semi-Flexible: 2.5 PCF minimum density continuous glass fiber oriented strand sheets, with
factory-applied AP vapor barrier. Strand orientation such that material has comparable
rigidity to board type insulation above in one direction and comparable compressive
strength, but is flexible enough in the other direction to wrap curved surfaces at a factory
recommended minimum bend radius of 3T where T is the material thickness. Similar to
“CrimpWrap” by CertainTeed.
3. Flexible: Glass fiber blanket, 3/4 PCF minimum density, with factory-applied, flame-
resistant, FSK jacket; all joints taped; similar to Owens Corning “Fiberglas All Service Duct
Wrap”.
4. High-Temperature Duct Insulation: Non-combustible glass fiber insulating wool, 2.4 PCF
minimum density, bonded with thermosetting resin, suitable for temperatures up to 1000 deg.
F minimum. Similar to Owens Corning “TIW Type II”
a. Thickness: 1 inch and 2 inches as specified in Part 3 below.
HVAC INSULATION Tetra Tech
23 07 00 / Page 6 Project No. XXXX Architects & Engineers
5. Fire Rated Duct Insulation: U.L. 1978 listed, complying with requirements of ASTM E2336-
04 for use in fire rated duct and grease duct assembly. Long ceramic or mineral fiber blanket,
6 PCF minimum density, 1-1/2 inch thickness unless otherwise specified. Cover with foil-
faced scrim jacketing. Include all metal banding, collars, straps and U.L. listed tape and other
accessories to make a complete listed assembly.
D. Ductwork Insulation Protective Jackets:
1. All Purpose (AP) Vapor Barrier for Duct Insulation: White kraft paper outer surface bonded
to aluminum foil and reinforced with fiberglass yarn, permanently treated for fire and smoke
safety and to prevent corrosion of foil.
a. Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96, Procedure A, 0.02 perm maximum.
b. Puncture resistance: ASTM D781, 85 scale units minimum
c. Burst resistance: ASTM D774, 100psi minimum.
d. Similar to “150TL facing” as used in “AP-T Plus Jacket” and tape by Johns Manville,
or equal.
2. Foil-Skrim-Kraft (FSK) Vapor Barrier for Duct Insulation: Foil faced outer surface bonded
to kraft paper backing and reinforced with fiberglass yarn, permanently treated for fire and
smoke safety and to prevent corrosion of foil.
a. Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96, Procedure A, 0.02 perm maximum.
b. Similar to “FSK Jacket” and tape by Johns Manville, or equal.
E. Insulation Accessories:
1. Mechanical Pin Fasteners: Provide welded pins or perforated back (minimum 4in2 surface
area) glued pins with push washers, bonded with full coverage of manufacturer’s
recommended adhesive. Choose pin length based on manufacturer’s recommendations for
insulation density and thickness so as to securely hold insulation with manufacturer’s
recommended compression.
a. Not permitted: PSA backed “peal and stick” pins, wrapping or securing with wires,
sheet metal fastening screws, or any other penetration of duct by fasteners.
2. Insulation Securement Bands: For larger cylindrical surfaces, tension securement bands may
be used to supplement or replace mechanical pin fasteners. Provide bands of material
compatible with insulation and system being insulated, minimum ½ inch wide and as
required to avoid compressing insulation at required securement tension (3/4 inch minimum
for diameters over 36 inches), 24 gage thick or thicker. End buckles of similar material.
3. Insulation Covering Canvas: 8 oz., 100 percent cotton, with flame spread 10 and smoke
developed 0 ratings; similar to “Thermocanvas” by Fattal, Chicago, Illinois.
4. Insulation Tapes: Provide insulation manufacturers’ recommended and matching tapes,
matching characteristics of exterior jacket of insulation, in widths as required and as
specified below to seal all gaps and reinforce vulnerable areas in vapor barrier. Provide
tapes with peel off protective coating covering high performance acrylic adhesive unless
manufacturer documents superior performance of alternative recommendation.
Tetra Tech HVAC INSULATION
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 07 00 / Page 7
5. Insulation Adhesives and Mastics: Provide insulation manufacturers’ recommended and
matching adhesives and mastics, as required and as specified below to seal all gaps and
reinforce vulnerable areas in vapor barrier. Provide with water based and low VOC
formulations unless manufacturer documents superior performance of alternative
recommendation and performance deficiencies of water based low VOC products.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other
conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
B. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
C. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
E. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a
corrosion inhibition coating to surfaces to be insulated as follows:
1. All non-galvanized ferrous components with a service temperature below ambient (chilled
water and chilled water/glycol systems): Coat with one full coverage coat of specified
corrosion inhibition coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials
and application methods for operating temperature range.
C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements
for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with
stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Provide thermal and acoustical insulation for components shown on the Drawings as
specified in this Section for the following:
a. Kitchen exhaust and Fume Hood exhaust ductwork with fire rated insulation with
minimum two hour F and T rating.
2. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations.
HVAC INSULATION Tetra Tech
23 07 00 / Page 8 Project No. XXXX Architects & Engineers
3. Do not begin mechanical insulation until permission is granted to begin mechanical
insulation installation, duct systems have passed required duct leakage requirements and
testing, and indoor work areas are weather tight.
4. Do not use any insulation support system which causes compression of insulation, localized
or widespread, to less than 75% of the rated nominal thickness. Wires wrapped around
rectangular duct insulation are not permitted as insulation support.
5. Provide for durable and repeated service access as part of insulation system.
a. Do not permanently cover inspection stampings, hand holes, manholes, plugged
outlets, or similar features on equipment – provide removable labeled insulated access
port with beveled and sealed insulation plug, gasketed if vapor barrier is needed,
durably fabricated for repeated access. Where band securement is required, provide
with repeatedly reusable, adjustable end clips rated for the application.
6. Install thermal mechanical insulation as follows:
a. Only on clean, dry surfaces and after ductwork has been tested and found to be tight.
b. Continuously through wall or ceiling openings and sleeves.
c. On cold surfaces with continuous unbroken vapor seal.
d. Insulate ducts individually.
7. Where more than one layer of insulation is required to achieve specified thickness or R
value, apply thinner layer first, and stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches.
B. Ductwork Insulation: Provide external thermal insulation on ducts as specified or indicated on
Drawings; external thermal insulation not required where ducts are shown or specified with internal
acoustical insulation. Insulate and seal around duct dampers, damper motors, thermometers,
instruments, access doors, and similar component as required without restricting operation or
function. Insulate all ducts in all concealed spaces.
1. Duct Insulation Mechanical Fasteners: Provide mechanical fasteners for all duct surfaces
over 12” wide. For duct surfaces 18’” wide and less, provide single row of fasteners down
duct centerline. For duct surfaces over 18” wide, install minimum of 2 rows per side, applied
on maximum 18" centers, starting within 3" of any edge.
a. Adhered pins with the point facing out: clip points close to washers and cover with
vapor barrier adhesive and tape. Not permitted on mechanical room duct unless
covered by puncture resistant protective wrapper.
2. Duct Insulation Tape: Apply only to clean dry dust free surfaces as recommended by tape
manufacturer and as required for durable adhesion.
a. Pealing tape, loose insulation, or otherwise broken vapor barrier subject to repeated
recall.
3. Fire Rated Duct Insulation: Install, precisely following manufacturer’s instructions, as
required to achieve U.L. Listed fire rated assembly of the rating required by the application.
Tetra Tech HVAC INSULATION
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 07 00 / Page 9
C. Equipment Insulation Installation
1. Surface Finish of Equipment Insulation:
a. Heating Equipment with no serviceable parts concealed: Reinforce insulation and
cover with metal mesh and insulating cement. Recover with 8 oz. canvas, smoothly
applied, adhered and sized with Benjamin Foster “BF-30" adhesive.
2. Fire Rated Insulation: Install insulation similar to fire rated duct insulation, precisely
following manufacturer’s instructions, as required to achieve U.L. Listed fire rated assembly
of the rating required by the application.
END OF SECTION 23 07 00
Tetra Tech HYDRONIC PIPING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 21 13 / Page 1
SECTION 23 21 13 - HYDRONIC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, special-duty hydronic systems fittings,
equipment, valves, and specialties, and joining methods for the following:
1. Grease Drain piping.
2. Condensate piping.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following
minimum working pressure and temperature:
1. Steel and Copper Hydronic Piping: 125psig at 250 deg F.
2. Condensate Drain Piping: Equal to the pressure and temperature of the piping system to
which it is attached.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of the following:
1. Piping and fittings.
2. Special Duty Hydronic Components.
B. Shop Drawings: Include in coordination drawings details of the piping layout showing
proposed piping routing including locations of offsets, fittings, elevations with drain and vent
fittings, pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints
and loops, and attachments of the same to the building structure. Provide enlarged details of
congested areas, custom anchor fabrication, and other details as required to clearly delineate the
proposed construction.
23 21 13
HYDRONIC PIPING Tetra Tech
23 21 13 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
C. Welding Quality Control Submittals
1. When welded or brazed pipe work is required or proposed as a part of this project, submit
following for approval before beginning any welding or brazing work:
a. Welding and Brazing Procedure Qualification: Prepare and submit for approval
welding and brazing procedure qualification specification qualifying all proposed
procedures as specified in Quality Assurance below with copies of all back-up
data.
b. Welders' and Brazers’ Certification: Submit for approval certification that each
proposed welder, welding operator, brazer, or brazing operator has been qualified
in all procedures proposed for that worker as specified in Quality Assurance below
with copies of all back-up data.
D. Qualification Data: For Mechanical Pressure Sealed Joint Installer.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Field quality-control test reports.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air control devices, hydronic specialties, and special-duty
valves to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with all applicable sections of the following:
1. ANSI / ASME B 31.9: "Building Services Piping".
2. ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX, "Welding and Brazing
Qualifications".
3. New York State Labor Department Industrial Code Rule No. 4 (cited as 12 NYCRR4)
4. New York State Labor Department Industrial Code Rule No. 14 (cited as 12 NYCRR14).
5. Building Code of New York State.
6. Mechanical Code of New York State.
7. NFPA 96 for all piping connected to kitchen exhaust systems.
8. ANSI / ASHRAE 15 “Standard Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration”.
9. ASME label on all pressure vessels and safety valves.
10. ANSI / ASME B31 – “Code for Pressure Piping”.
B. Installer Qualifications:
1. Mechanical Pressure Seal Joint Quality Control:
a. Installers shall be certified by the pressure-seal joint manufacturer as having been
trained and qualified to join piping with manufacturer’s system.
b. Single Source: Obtain mechanically joined piping system components from single
approved manufacturer for each system type, grooved or pressed.
Tetra Tech HYDRONIC PIPING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 21 13 / Page 3
c. Provide for manufacturer’s inspection of grooved system installation for
compliance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
d. Installer shall be a qualified installer, licensed within the jurisdiction, trained in
and familiar with the installation of the mechanical joint systems.
e. Fittings shall be installed using the proper tool, actuator, jaws and rings as
manufactured and instructed by the press fitting manufacturer.
C. Welded Piping Work Quality Control:
1. Welding and Brazing Procedure Qualifications: Qualify any welding or brazing
procedure to be used on this Project in accordance with ASME "Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code", Section IX. Qualification may be made by technically competent group or
agency (subject to approval) meeting the following conditions:
a. Group or agency qualifying the procedure meets all procedure qualification
requirements of ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX.
b. Contractor accepts full responsibility for procedure qualified.
c. Contractor has qualified at least one welder or welding operator using procedure
qualified and provides record of qualification.
d. Contractor accepts full responsibility for qualified procedures by signing related
qualification records with procedure and performance qualifications including all
dates, results, and associated data.
2. Welders’ and Brazers’ Qualifications: Ensure that all welders, welding operators, brazers,
or brazing operators employed for this project are qualified for all welding and brazing
procedures, proposed as part of this Project, in accordance with ASME "Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX. Qualification by previous employer or technically
competent group or agency (subject to approval) may be acceptable if following
information is included:
a. Documentation that the previous qualification was for essentially the same
procedures proposed and was in full accordance with ASME "Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code", Section IX.
b. Copy of performance qualification testing record showing who qualified the
worker, date of qualification, and work history record showing continuous
performance to maintain qualification.
3. Weld and Braze Qualification Records: Maintain and sign certified records of approved
procedures used and approved qualified workers employed for welded and brazed joints
performed as a part of Prime Contract. Ensure all building services piping welding and
brazing work can be traced to a specific procedure and welder.
4. Inspection and Examination by Owner, Remedy by Contractor: Owner reserves right to
examine, inspect, and test all piping using visual, radiographic, or other recognized
testing methods to determine compliance with specified quality control requirements and
requirements of applicable regulatory agencies.
HYDRONIC PIPING Tetra Tech
23 21 13 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
a. Cost of Owner’s testing of acceptable installation provided at Owner’s expense
b. Repair piping installations not passing Owner’s quality inspection testing using
approved method or replace at no additional cost.
c. Cost of initial testing of piping not conforming to specified requirements and any
retesting of repairs or replacement work shall be deducted from Contract Sum.
D. Welded Support Work Quality Control: Qualify processes and operators according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
E. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials,
products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME
label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 01.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A. DWV Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, Type DWV.
B. Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Annealed or Drawn Temper, Types M, L, and K.
C. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Anvil International, Inc.
b. Cerro Flow Products, Inc.
c. Mueller Industries, Inc.
d. S. P. Fittings; a division of Star Pipe Products.
e. Viega LLC
f. Victaulic Company of America.
2. Solder Fittings
a. Tees, Elbows, Reducers, Adapters: ANSI B16.22 streamlined pattern wrought
copper or ANSI B16.18 cast bronze; solder end connections; ASTM B62.
b. Unions: 2 in. and smaller use unions, solder type, cast bronze, ground joint, Class
150.
c. Cast Bronze Flanges: 2-1/2 inch and over use ANSI B16.24 flanges, raised ground
face, ASME drilled bolt holes spot faced, solder connection, Class 150.
Tetra Tech HYDRONIC PIPING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 21 13 / Page 5
2.2 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Solder For All Soldered Joints: Use solder conforming to ASTM B 32-95; alloy grades Sn96,
Sn95, Sn94, E, AM, WS; lead free alloys with maximum lead content of 0.1percent by weight,
minimum solidus temperature of 430 deg. F, and approved for use with potable water. Higher
lead content solder not acceptable. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813.
2.3 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. Description: Combination fitting of copper-alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-
joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C. Dielectric Unions:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Capitol Manufacturing Company.
b. Central Plastics Company.
c. Hart Industries International, Inc.
d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; AquaSpec Commercial Products Division.
3. Factory-fabricated union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180
deg F.
D. Dielectric Couplings:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Calpico, Inc.
b. Lochinvar Corporation.
3. Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining; threaded
ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.
HYDRONIC PIPING Tetra Tech
23 21 13 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
E. Dielectric Nipples:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.
b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
d. Victaulic Company of America.
3. Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain,
threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.
2.4 VALVES
A. Bronze and Brass Ball Valves
1. Two-Piece Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim:
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1) Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
2) Milwaukee Valve Company.
3) NIBCO INC.
b. Description:
1) Standard: MSS SP-110.
2) SWP Rating: 150 psig.
3) CWP Rating: 600 psig.
4) Body Design: Two piece.
5) Body Material: Bronze.
6) Ends: Solder or Threaded.
7) Seats: PTFE or TFE.
8) Stem: Stainless steel.
9) Ball: Stainless steel, vented.
10) Port: Full or Regular per application schedule.
B. Pipe Sleeves and Mechanical Sleeve Seals
1. Pipe Sleeves:
a. Sleeve 6-Inches Diameter and Smaller: Schedule 40 galvanized, welded steel pipe,
ASTM A53, Grade A.
Tetra Tech HYDRONIC PIPING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 21 13 / Page 7
b. Sleeves Installed In Masonry Or Cold Formed Metal Framing/Gypsum Board
Construction: Galvanized sheet metal, 20 gauge, round tube with welded
longitudinal joint.
2. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic
rubber links shaped to fill annular space continuously between pipe and sleeve.
Connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when
tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.
a. Manufacturer: Manufacturers offering acceptable products include Thunderline
Corp.
C. Escutcheons: Chrome plated, stamped steel, hinged, split-ring escutcheons, with setscrew.
Inside diameter closely fits pipe outside diameter or outside diameter of pipe insulation where
piping is insulated. Outside diameter completely covers opening in floor, wall, or ceiling.
1. Manufacturer: Manufacturers offering acceptable products include Grinnell.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Condensate-Drain Piping: Type DWV, M, or L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper
fittings, and soldered joints.
3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Install shutoff-duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and at supply connection
to each piece of equipment.
3.3 PIPING INSTALLATIONS
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping
as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
B. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms
and service areas.
C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
E. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
HYDRONIC PIPING Tetra Tech
23 21 13 / Page 8 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
F. Install piping at indicated slopes.
G. Install piping free of sags and bends.
H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
I. Install piping to allow application of insulation.
J. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
K. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing
of valves.
L. Install pressure piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow.
M. Install condensate drain piping at a uniform grade of 2 percent downward in the direction of
flow.
N. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up.
O. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of
equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
P. Identify piping as specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and
Equipment."
Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements
for sleeves specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping."
R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with
requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 23 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for
HVAC Piping."
S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.
3.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and
Supports for HVAC Components." Comply with the following requirements for maximum
spacing of supports.
B. Install hangers for drawn-temper copper piping with the following maximum spacing:
1. NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet.
2. NPS 1 and 1-1/4”: Maximum span, 6 feet.
C. Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at 10-foot intervals between floors.
Tetra Tech HYDRONIC PIPING
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 21 13 / Page 9
3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube
end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using
lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
END OF SECTION 23 21 13
Tetra Tech AIR DUCTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 31 00 / Page 1
SECTION 23 31 00 - AIR DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings.
2. Sheet metal materials.
3. Sealants and gaskets.
4. Hangers and supports.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads
and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"
1. Seismic Hazard Level A: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.48.
2. Seismic Hazard Level B: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.30.
3. Seismic Hazard Level C: Seismic force to weight ratio, 0.15.
1.4 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals and informational submittals required by this Section
concurrently.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of the following products:
1. Sealants and gaskets.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Welding certificates.
23 31 00
AIR DUCTS Tetra Tech
23 31 00 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Field quality-control reports.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports.
2. AWS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding.
B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and
Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up."
C. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section
6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse
Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-
support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible."
C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal
Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-
support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible."
D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types
and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable
sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
Tetra Tech AIR DUCTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 31 00 / Page 3
2.2 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct
construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting,
seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
B. Stainless-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304 or 316, as indicated in
the "Duct Schedule" Article; cold rolled, annealed, sheet. Exposed surface finish shall be
No. 2B, No. 2D, No. 3, or No. 4 as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article.
2.3 KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD DUCT
A. General Requirements:
1. Duct material, thickness and joints as required for gases and vapors involved and per
current NYS code, NFPA, SMACNA, and Industrial Ventilation Manual requirements.
2. All sheet metal work associated with all kitchen exhaust hood service shall be in full
accordance with NFPA 96 and all related documents.
3. Fabricate duct and accessories from minimum 18 gauge externally continuously tig
welded stainless steel, not cross-broken. Grind and polish all welds to match #4 finish
and remove all weld heat discoloration. Distortion from overheating or forcing is
unacceptable.
4. Verify size of hood and fan duct connections in field, provide duct to fit equipment
connections with smooth transitions to duct size indicated or if not indicated on drawings
to next full inch size smaller than that which would have velocity of 1500 fpm at given
cfm. Fabricate connection to flanged equipment with high temperature flanges, gaskets,
and bolts rated for the service.
2.4 SEALANT AND GASKETS
A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and
gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index
of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
B. Kitchen cooking exhaust gaskets: ceramic fiber listed for use up to 2300 deg F.
2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts.
B. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2,
"Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."
AIR DUCTS Tetra Tech
23 31 00 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
C. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492.
D. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and
bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device.
E. Trapeze and Riser Supports:
1. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other
conditions affecting installation.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.2 DUCT INSTALLATION
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct
system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and
calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations.
Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and
Coordination Drawings.
B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible" unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
D. Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for
branch connections.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines.
F. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent
enclosure elements of building.
G. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.
H. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign
materials. Comply with SMACNA's "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under
Construction," Appendix G, "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines."
Tetra Tech AIR DUCTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 31 00 / Page 5
3.3 ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMERCIAL KITCHEN
HOOD EXHAUST DUCT
A. Install commercial kitchen hood exhaust ducts without dips and traps that may hold grease, and
sloped a minimum of 2 percent to drain grease back to the hood or to designated point of grease
collection.
B. Install fire-rated access panel assemblies at each change in direction and at maximum intervals
of 20 feet in horizontal ducts, and at every floor for vertical ducts, or as indicated on Drawings.
Locate access panel on top or sides of duct a minimum of 1-1/2 inches from bottom of duct.
C. Do not penetrate fire-rated assemblies except as allowed by applicable building codes and
authorities having jurisdiction.
3.4 DUCT SEALING
A. Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct
Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
B. Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible":
1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2. Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
3. Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B.
C. Air and watertight duct work
1. Where water or snow may accumulate, where occupied space supply, outside air, or
return air duct is installed in a boiler room, and positive pressure ductwork carrying
offensive odors or corrosive gasses, ductwork and plenums shall be made
watertight/airtight to SMACNA seal class A standards. Grade ducts down toward waste
points and/or toward registers/ grilles/ louvers. Provide valve, trap, and drain piping from
any unavoidable wet duct low point to approved indirect waste fixture and as otherwise
shown on drawings. Ductwork considered likely to require this specification includes but
is not limited to:
a. Kitchen range hood and exhaust ductwork.
b. Dishwasher hood and exhaust ductwork.
c. Other as noted on Drawings.
2. Test for water-tightness: Before concealment, apply water by hose to check for leaks,
witnessed by Owner's Representative.
AIR DUCTS Tetra Tech
23 31 00 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
3. Prior to the use or concealment of any portion of a grease duct system provided or
modified in this project, perform a Grease Duct Leakage Test. Concealment includes
installation of shaft walls, hard ceilings, and other fixed architectural elements around
duct as well as covered by insulation, coatings, or wraps that prevent the ductwork from
being visually inspected on all sides. Provide all labor and equipment required to perform
a light test to determine that all joints are liquid tight.
a. Grease Duct Leakage Test: pass a lamp having a light output rating of not less than
1500 lumens total nor less than 1000 lumens per foot through the entire section of
ductwork to be tested. Provide an open lamp that emits light equally in all
directions radially from the nominal duct centerline. Darken space duct is installed
in to increase visibility of any leaked light, and visually inspect entire
circumference of duct for leaked light, section by section, paying special attention
to joints and weld pin locations. Between sections, move point source lights
similar in size to an incandescent light bulb no more than three feet, and move
linear lights similar to fluorescent tubes no more than the bulb length plus two feet.
Mark any leak locations on duct, repair after test, and re-perform light test until no
light leaks remain. Perform test for the entire duct system affected by the project,
including the hood-to-duct connection and all points through the fan to the
exterior. Test the ductwork in sections, provided that every joint provided or
modified by this project is tested. For listed factory-built grease ducts, testing may
be limited to duct joints assembled in the field, excluding factory welds.
3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"
Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports."
B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners
appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.
1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete.
2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.
3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for
slabs more than 4 inches thick.
4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for
slabs less than 4 inches thick.
5. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.
C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum
Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports
within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.
D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.
E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds,
bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16
feet.
Tetra Tech AIR DUCTS
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 31 00 / Page 7
F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension,
and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
3.6 CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section
"Air Duct Accessories."
B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for
branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Duct System Cleanliness Tests:
1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present.
2. Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness according
to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC
Systems."
a. Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media
shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm.
B. Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.8 DUCT SCHEDULE
A. Exhaust Ducts:
1. Ducts Connected to Commercial Kitchen Hoods: Comply with NFPA 96.
a. Exposed to View: Type 304, stainless-steel sheet, No. 4 finish.
b. Concealed: Type 304, stainless-steel sheet, No. 2D finish.
c. Welded seams and joints.
d. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg.
e. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: Welded seams, joints, and penetrations.
f. SMACNA Leakage Class: 3.
2. Ducts Connected to Dishwasher Hoods:
a. Type 304, stainless-steel sheet.
b. Exposed to View: No. 4 finish.
c. Concealed: No. 2D finish.
d. Welded seams and flanged joints with watertight EPDM gaskets.
e. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg.
f. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: Welded seams, joints, and penetrations.
g. SMACNA Leakage Class: 3.
AIR DUCTS Tetra Tech
23 31 00 / Page 8 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
B. Elbow Configuration:
1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows."
a. Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher:
1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio.
END OF SECTION 23 31 00
Tetra Tech AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 33 00 / Page 1
SECTION 23 33 00 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General Requirements and
associated Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fire dampers.
2. Duct-mounted access doors.
3. Duct accessory hardware.
1.3 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL
A. General: Submit all action submittals and informational submittals required by this Section
concurrently.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1. For duct silencers, include pressure drop and dynamic insertion loss data. Include
breakout noise calculations for high transmission loss casings.
B. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and
attachments to other work.
1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction.
Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field
assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following:
a. Special fittings.
b. Fire-damper installations, including sleeves; and duct-mounted access doors.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceiling-mounted
access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories are shown and
coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved.
B. Source quality-control reports.
23 33 00
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Tetra Tech
23 33 00 / Page 2 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in operation and
maintenance manuals.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with
NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."
B. Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Fusible Links: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for
acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise
indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,
discolorations, and other imperfections.
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60.
2. Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized.
C. Stainless-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304, and having a No. 2
finish for concealed ducts and No. 4 finish for exposed ducts.
D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on
galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts.
E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch
minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
2.2 FIRE DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc.
Tetra Tech AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 33 00 / Page 3
2. Arrow United Industries; a division of Mestek, Inc.
3. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc.
4. Greenheck Fan Corporation.
5. Nailor Industries Inc.
6. NCA Manufacturing, Inc.
7. Prefco; Perfect Air Control, Inc.
8. Ruskin Company.
9. Vent Products Company, Inc.
10. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc.
B. Type: Dynamic; rated and labeled according to UL 555 by an NRTL.
C. Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg static pressure class and minimum 2000-fpm velocity.
D. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 hours.
E. Frame: Multiple-blade type; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.060-inch- thick stainless steel; with
mitered and interlocking corners.
F. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-installed, 0.050” minimum stainless steel.
1. Exception: Omit sleeve where damper-frame width permits direct attachment of
perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor; thickness of damper frame must
comply with sleeve requirements.
G. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated.
H. Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, 0.060-inch- thick, 316 stainless sheet steel. In place of
interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.060-inch- thick, stainless-steel blade connectors.
I. Include blade lock and stainless-steel closure spring.
J. Heat-Responsive Device: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated, fusible links.
2.3 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc.
2. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc.
3. Ductmate Industries, Inc.
4. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc.
5. Greenheck Fan Corporation.
6. McGill AirFlow LLC.
7. Nailor Industries Inc.
8. Ventfabrics, Inc.
9. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc.
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Tetra Tech
23 33 00 / Page 4 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
B. Grease Duct or Type I Cooking Hood Exhaust Duct Access Door:
1. UL 1978 listed, meets NFPA 96 standards.
2. Twin layer 11 gauge (0.120-inch) panels, same steel as duct.
3. Minimal protrusion into duct, no more than inner door thickness.
4. Inner panel with profiled access opening welded to duct interior, with welded on studs.
5. Outer door hinged to duct with full coverage ceramic gasket rated for 2300 deg F.
6. Hinge welded to duct, screwed to outer completely removable for cleaning panel.
7. Tool free access: perimeter studs with wing nuts.
8. Center handle folds flat under insulation.
9. Provide with extension bolts/coupling nuts or extended studs and UL listed reusable
insulation cover and plate.
C. Grease Duct or Type I Cooking Hood Exhaust Duct Sandwich Style Access Panel:
1. UL 1978 listed, meets NFPA 96 standards.
2. Twin layer 11 gauge (0.120-inch) panels, same steel as duct.
3. Minimal protrusion into duct, no more than inner door thickness.
4. Ceramic board gasket rated for 2300 deg F covers entire outer door.
5. Tool free access with center and perimeter studs with wing nuts.
6. Easily removable for cleaning.
7. Center handle folds flat under insulation.
8. Provide with extended studs and UL listed reusable insulation cover and plate.
D. Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-10, "Duct Access Doors and Panels,"
and 2-11, "Access Panels - Round Duct."
1. Door:
a. Double wall, rectangular.
b. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct
pressure class.
c. Vision panel.
d. Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches.
e. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.
2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets.
3. Number of Hinges and Locks:
a. Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression
latches with outside and inside handles.
2.4 DUCT ACCESS PANEL ASSEMBLIES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Tetra Tech AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Architects & Engineers Project No. 08249-15002 23 33 00 / Page 5
1. Ductmate Industries, Inc.
2. Flame Gard, Inc.
3. 3M.
B. Labeled according to UL 1978 by an NRTL.
C. Panel and Frame: Minimum thickness 0.0428-inch stainless steel.
D. Fasteners: Stainless steel. Panel fasteners shall not penetrate duct wall.
E. Gasket: Comply with NFPA 96; grease-tight, high-temperature ceramic fiber, rated for
minimum 2000 deg F.
F. Minimum Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg, positive or negative.
2.5 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE
A. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline
and grease.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas where air terminal units are to be installed for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Beginning installation constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous
Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts.
B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in
galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and
aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts.
C. Install fire dampers according to UL listing.
D. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining
accessories and equipment at the following locations:
1. As indicated on the drawings.
E. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure.
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Tetra Tech
23 33 00 / Page 6 Project No. 08249-15002 Architects & Engineers
F. Access Door Sizes:
1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches.
2. Two-Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches.
3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches.
4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches.
5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches.
6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches.
7. Grease duct access doors: minimum 12 by 12 inches unless dimension is limited by duct
height. Top of riser minimum access door size 22 by 20 inches unless dimension is
limited by duct height Provide minimum 1 inch access door to duct edge spacing. If
dimension is limited by duct height, increase other dimension to achieve same minimum
free area.
G. Label access doors according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and
Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door.
H. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach
thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement during start
and stop of fans.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections:
1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement.
2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be
performed.
3. Operate fire to verify full range of movement and verify that proper heat-response device
is installed.
END OF SECTION 23 33 00